patch 8.2.1010: build failure in libvterm with debug enabled

Problem:    Build failure in libvterm with debug enabled. (John Little)
Solution:   Use "->" instead of ".".

.cirrus.yml

@@ -13,5 +13,4 @@ freebsd_12_task:
     - make -j${NPROC}
     - src/vim --version
   test_script:
-    # Runtime Indent tests do not work, run only the normal test suite
+    - make test
-    - cd src && make test

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ labels: enhancement
 
 _Instructions: Replace the template text and remove irrelevant text (including this line)_
 
-**Is your feature request related something that is currently hard to do? Please describe.**
+**Is your feature request about something that is currently impossible or hard to do? Please describe the problem.**
 A clear and concise description of what is hard to do. Ex. It is difficult to [...] when [...]
 (If it is related to runtime files, please check their header for where to discuss enhancements.)
 

.gitignore

@@ -5,9 +5,11 @@ src/xxd/xxd
 src/auto/if_perl.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
+src/auto/os_haiku.rdef
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
 src/tags
+src/types.vim
 
 # We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.cache
@@ -86,6 +88,7 @@ src/kword_test
 
 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/tags
+runtime/doc/doctags
 
 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
 # restrict them to shadow (the default) or shadow-*

.hgignore

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
 src/tags
+src/types.vim
 
 # We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.cache
@@ -86,6 +87,7 @@ src/kword_test
 
 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/tags
+runtime/doc/doctags
 
 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
 # restrict them to shadow (the default) or shadow-*

.travis.yml

@@ -1,35 +1,34 @@
 language: c
 
-anchors:
+_anchors:
   envs:
     - &tiny-nogui
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny "CONFOPT='--disable-gui'" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT="--disable-gui" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &tiny
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &small
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &normal
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &linux-huge
-      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-      "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &osx-huge # macOS build
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-      "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &unittests
-      BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+      BUILD=no TEST=unittests CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
     - &asan # ASAN build
       SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
       ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
+    - &shadowopt
+      SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow
 
   linux: &linux
     os: linux
-    dist: trusty
+    dist: bionic
     addons:
       apt:
-        sources:
-          # Need msgfmt 0.19.8 to be able to generate .desktop files
-          - sourceline: 'ppa:ricotz/toolchain'
         packages:
           - autoconf
           - clang
@@ -39,46 +38,41 @@ anchors:
           - libperl-dev
           - python-dev
           - python3-dev
-          - liblua5.2-dev
+          - liblua5.3-dev
-          - lua5.2
+          - lua5.3
           - ruby-dev
           - tcl-dev
           - cscope
           - libgtk2.0-dev
           - desktop-file-utils
+          - libtool-bin
+    services:
+      - xvfb
     before_install:
       - rvm reset
-      # Remove /opt/python/3.x.x/bin from $PATH for using system python3.
-      # ("pyenv global system" doesn't seem to work.)
-      - |
-        if [[ "$(which python3)" =~ ^/opt/python/ ]]; then
-          export PATH=$(py3=$(which python3); echo ${PATH//${py3%/python3}:/})
-        fi
-      - |
-        if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-          pip install --user cpp-coveralls
-        fi
-      # needed for https support for coveralls
-      # building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
-      - |
-        if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-          CC=gcc pip install --user pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
-        fi
       # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
       - |
         if [[ "${CC}" = "clang" ]]; then
-          ln -sf "$(which llvm-cov)" /home/travis/bin/gcov
+          ln -sf "$(command -v llvm-cov)" /home/travis/bin/gcov
+        fi
+      # Setup lua5.3 manually since its package doesn't provide alternative.
+      # https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/lua5.3/+bug/1707212
+      - |
+        if [[ "${CONFOPT}" =~ luainterp ]]; then
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/lua lua /usr/bin/lua5.3 10
         fi
     before_script:
-      # Start virtual framebuffer to be able to test the GUI. Does not work on OS X.
+      - sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
-      - export DISPLAY=:99.0
+      - sudo bash ci/load-snd-dummy.sh || true
-      - sh -e /etc/init.d/xvfb start && sleep 3
-      - sudo modprobe snd-dummy
       - sudo usermod -a -G audio $USER
       - do_test() { sg audio "sg $(id -gn) '$*'"; }
 
   osx: &osx
     os: osx
+    before_script:
+      - do_test() { "$@"; }
+
+  homebrew: &osx-homebrew
     addons:
       homebrew:
         packages:
@@ -87,25 +81,24 @@ anchors:
     cache:
       directories:
         - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Homebrew/vendor/
-        - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Taps/
+        - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Taps/homebrew/homebrew-core/
     before_install:
       - rvm reset
-      # Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
+      # Lua is not installed on macOS
       - export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local
-    before_script:
-      - do_test() { "$@"; }
 
   coverage: &coverage
+    # needed for https support for coveralls building cffi only works with gcc,
+    # not with clang
+    - CC=gcc pip install --user cpp-coveralls pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
     - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
     - (cd "${SRCDIR}" && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash))
 
   asan_symbolize: &asan_symbolize
-    - |
+    # Update pyenv to fix the error "/opt/pyenv/libexec/pyenv: line 43: cd: asan_symbolize-6.0: Not a directory".
-      while read log; do
+    # https://github.com/pyenv/pyenv/issues/580
-        asan_symbolize < "${log}"
+    - (cd "${PYENV_ROOT}" && git fetch -p origin && git checkout "$(git rev-list --tags -n1)") &>/dev/null || true
-      done < <(find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0)
+    - find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0 2>/dev/null | xargs grep -l '^==[[:digit:]]*==ERROR:' | xargs -I{} -n1 -t asan_symbolize -l{}
-
-sudo: false
 
 branches:
   except:
@@ -129,31 +122,35 @@ script:
   - echo -e "\\033[33;1mBuilding Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:build\\r\\033[0K"
   - |
     if [[ "${BUILD}" = "yes" ]]; then
+      # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
+      # BSD sed needs backup extension specified.
+      sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "osx" ]]; then
+        # On macOS, the entity of gcc is clang.
+        sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.clang.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      else
+        sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      fi
       make ${SHADOWOPT} -j${NPROC}
     fi
   - echo -en "travis_fold:end:build\\r\\033[0K"
   - set +o errexit
-  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
   # Show Vim version and also if_xx versions.
   - |
     if [[ "${BUILD}" = "yes" ]]; then
       "${SRCDIR}"/vim --version
-      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-1.vim -c quit > /dev/null
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
-      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
-      cat if_ver.txt
     fi
-  - >
+  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
-    do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} &&
+  - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} && FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
-    make -C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../"${SRCDIR}"/vim &&
-    FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
   - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
 
-
+# Instead of using all environments with both compilers on both systems,
-# instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),
+# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux.
-# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
+# On mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI, use 2 compilers in 2 environments.
-# on mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI
+# Linux: 2 compilers on some of the environments + gcc on os390
-# linux: 2*compiler + 5*env + mac: 2*compiler + 2*env
+jobs:
-matrix:
   include:
     - <<: *osx
       name: tiny-nogui/clang
@@ -164,10 +161,12 @@ matrix:
       compiler: gcc
       env: *tiny-nogui
     - <<: *osx
+      <<: *osx-homebrew
       name: huge/clang
       compiler: clang
       env: *osx-huge
     - <<: *osx
+      <<: *osx-homebrew
       name: huge/gcc
       compiler: gcc
       env: *osx-huge
@@ -194,26 +193,34 @@ matrix:
     - <<: *linux
       name: normal/clang
       compiler: clang
-      env: *normal
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - *shadowopt
     - <<: *linux
       name: normal/gcc
       compiler: gcc
-      env: *normal
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - *shadowopt
+    - <<: *linux
+      arch: s390x
+      name: huge/gcc-s390x
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *linux-huge
+      services: []
     - <<: *linux
       name: huge+coverage/clang
       compiler: clang
-      env: *linux-huge
+      env:
+        - *linux-huge
+        # Clang cannot compile test_libvterm with "--coverage" flag.
+        - TEST=scripttests
       after_success: *coverage
     - <<: *linux
       name: huge+coverage/gcc
       compiler: gcc
       env: *linux-huge
       after_success: *coverage
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: unittests+coverage/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env: *unittests
-      after_success: *coverage
     - <<: *linux # ASAN
       name: huge+asan/gcc
       compiler: gcc
@@ -228,5 +235,16 @@ matrix:
         - *linux-huge
         - TEST="-C src testgui"
       after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: unittests+coverage/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *unittests
+      after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: vimtags/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - TEST="-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"
 
 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

Filelist

@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.cirrus.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
+		ci/if_ver*.vim \
+		ci/load-snd-dummy.sh \
+		ci/config.mk*.sed \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
 		src/README.md \
 		src/alloc.h \
@@ -28,6 +31,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/channel.c \
 		src/charset.c \
 		src/cindent.c \
+		src/clientserver.c \
+		src/clipboard.c \
 		src/cmdexpand.c \
 		src/cmdhist.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
@@ -124,7 +129,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/term.h \
 		src/termlib.c \
 		src/testing.c \
+		src/textformat.c \
+		src/textobject.c \
 		src/textprop.c \
+		src/time.c \
+		src/typval.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
 		src/usercmd.c \
@@ -132,6 +141,10 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/vim9.h \
+		src/vim9compile.c \
+		src/vim9execute.c \
+		src/vim9script.c \
 		src/viminfo.c \
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
@@ -144,20 +157,22 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/*.py \
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
-		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
+		src/testdir/testluaplugin/lua/testluaplugin/*.lua \
-		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
 		src/testdir/check.vim \
-		src/testdir/shared.vim \
-		src/testdir/screendump.vim \
-		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/setup.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_init.vim \
-		src/testdir/setup_gui.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_preinit.vim \
+		src/testdir/mouse.vim \
+		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
+		src/testdir/screendump.vim \
+		src/testdir/setup.vim \
+		src/testdir/setup_gui.vim \
+		src/testdir/shared.vim \
+		src/testdir/vim9.vim \
+		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
+		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
+		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
-		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
@@ -172,12 +187,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pyxfile/*.py \
-		src/testdir/bench*.in \
-		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
 		src/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
-		src/testdir/if_ver*.vim \
 		src/testdir/color_ramp.vim \
 		src/testdir/silent.wav \
 		src/testdir/popupbounce.vim \
@@ -195,6 +207,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
 		src/proto/cindent.pro \
+		src/proto/clientserver.pro \
+		src/proto/clipboard.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdexpand.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdhist.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
@@ -269,12 +283,19 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/terminal.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
 		src/proto/testing.pro \
+		src/proto/textformat.pro \
+		src/proto/textobject.pro \
 		src/proto/textprop.pro \
+		src/proto/time.pro \
+		src/proto/typval.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9script.pro \
 		src/proto/viminfo.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
@@ -283,10 +304,12 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/LICENSE \
 		src/libvterm/Makefile \
 		src/libvterm/README \
+		src/libvterm/CONTRIBUTING \
 		src/libvterm/tbl2inc_c.pl \
 		src/libvterm/vterm.pc.in \
 		src/libvterm/doc/URLs \
 		src/libvterm/doc/seqs.txt \
+		src/libvterm/find-wide-chars.pl \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm.h \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm_keycodes.h \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding.c \
@@ -294,6 +317,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/DECdrawing.tbl \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.inc \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.tbl \
+		src/libvterm/src/fullwidth.inc \
 		src/libvterm/src/keyboard.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/mouse.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
@@ -324,16 +348,18 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/t/27state_reset.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/28state_dbl_wh.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/29state_fallback.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/30pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/30state_pen.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/40screen_ascii.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/31state_rep.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/41screen_unicode.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/32state_flow.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/42screen_damage.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/60screen_ascii.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/43screen_resize.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/61screen_unicode.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/44screen_pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/62screen_damage.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/45screen_protect.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/63screen_resize.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/46screen_extent.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/64screen_pen.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/47screen_dbl_wh.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/65screen_protect.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/48screen_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/66screen_extent.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/67screen_dbl_wh.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/68screen_termprops.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-1.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-2.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-3.test \
@@ -393,6 +419,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_gtk_x11.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_res.xml \
 		src/gui_motif.c \
+		src/gui_xim.c \
 		src/gui_xmdlg.c \
 		src/gui_xmebw.c \
 		src/gui_xmebw.h \
@@ -416,6 +443,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_x11.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_gresources.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_motif.pro \
+		src/proto/gui_xim.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_xmdlg.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_x11.pro \
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
@@ -521,7 +549,6 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/uninstall.c \
 		src/vim.def \
 		src/vim.rc \
-		src/vimio.h \
 		src/gvim.exe.mnf \
 		src/vimrun.c \
 		src/xpm_w32.c \
@@ -591,6 +618,15 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 		src/testdir/amiga.vim \
 		src/xxd/Make_amiga.mak \
 
+# source files for Haiku (also in the extra archive)
+SRC_HAIKU =	\
+		README_haiku.txt \
+		src/os_haiku.h \
+		src/os_haiku.rdef.in \
+		src/gui_haiku.cc \
+		src/gui_haiku.h \
+		src/proto/gui_haiku.pro \
+
 # source files for the Mac (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/INSTALLmac.txt \
@@ -626,13 +662,13 @@ SRC_QNX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_photon.pro \
 		src/proto/os_qnx.pro \
 
-
 # source files for the extra archive (all sources that are not for Unix)
 SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_AMI) \
 		$(SRC_AMI_DOS) \
 		$(SRC_DOS) \
 		$(SRC_DOS_BIN) \
+		$(SRC_HAIKU) \
 		$(SRC_MAC) \
 		$(SRC_QNX) \
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
@@ -640,10 +676,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		src/Make_mint.mak \
 		src/infplist.xml \
 		src/link.390 \
-		src/os_beos.c \
-		src/os_beos.h \
-		src/os_beos.rsrc \
-		src/proto/os_beos.pro \
 		src/os_mint.h \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \
@@ -652,6 +684,8 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 RT_ALL =	\
 		README.txt \
 		README.md \
+		README_VIM9.md \
+		LICENSE \
 		CONTRIBUTING.md \
 		runtime/bugreport.vim \
 		runtime/doc/*.awk \
@@ -766,20 +800,20 @@ RT_UNIX =	\
 		README_unix.txt \
 		runtime/hi16-action-make.png \
 		runtime/hi22-action-make.png \
-		runtime/vim16x16.png \
-		runtime/vim16x16.xpm \
-		runtime/vim32x32.png \
-		runtime/vim32x32.xpm \
-		runtime/vim48x48.png \
-		runtime/vim48x48.xpm \
 		runtime/gvim.desktop \
 		runtime/vim.desktop \
 
 # Unix and DOS runtime without CR-LF translation
 RT_UNIX_DOS_BIN =	\
 		runtime/vim16x16.gif \
+		runtime/vim16x16.png \
+		runtime/vim16x16.xpm \
 		runtime/vim32x32.gif \
+		runtime/vim32x32.png \
+		runtime/vim32x32.xpm \
 		runtime/vim48x48.gif \
+		runtime/vim48x48.png \
+		runtime/vim48x48.xpm \
 
 # runtime not for unix or extra
 RT_NO_UNIX =	\
@@ -938,6 +972,8 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/doc/*-pl.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-ru.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-ru.UTF-8.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-tr.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-tr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/lang/README.txt \
 		runtime/lang/menu_*.vim \
 		runtime/keymap/README.txt \

LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+VIM LICENSE
+
+I)  There are no restrictions on distributing unmodified copies of Vim except
+    that they must include this license text.  You can also distribute
+    unmodified parts of Vim, likewise unrestricted except that they must
+    include this license text.  You are also allowed to include executables
+    that you made from the unmodified Vim sources, plus your own usage
+    examples and Vim scripts.
+
+II) It is allowed to distribute a modified (or extended) version of Vim,
+    including executables and/or source code, when the following four
+    conditions are met:
+    1) This license text must be included unmodified.
+    2) The modified Vim must be distributed in one of the following five ways:
+       a) If you make changes to Vim yourself, you must clearly describe in
+          the distribution how to contact you.  When the maintainer asks you
+          (in any way) for a copy of the modified Vim you distributed, you
+          must make your changes, including source code, available to the
+          maintainer without fee.  The maintainer reserves the right to
+          include your changes in the official version of Vim.  What the
+          maintainer will do with your changes and under what license they
+          will be distributed is negotiable.  If there has been no negotiation
+          then this license, or a later version, also applies to your changes.
+          The current maintainer is Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>.  If this
+          changes it will be announced in appropriate places (most likely
+          vim.sf.net, www.vim.org and/or comp.editors). When it is completely
+          impossible to contact the maintainer, the obligation to send him
+          your changes ceases.  Once the maintainer has confirmed that he has
+          received your changes they will not have to be sent again.
+       b) If you have received a modified Vim that was distributed as
+          mentioned under a) you are allowed to further distribute it
+          unmodified, as mentioned at I).  If you make additional changes the
+          text under a) applies to those changes.
+       c) Provide all the changes, including source code, with every copy of
+          the modified Vim you distribute.  This may be done in the form of a
+          context diff.  You can choose what license to use for new code you
+          add.  The changes and their license must not restrict others from
+          making their own changes to the official version of Vim.
+       d) When you have a modified Vim which includes changes as mentioned
+          under c), you can distribute it without the source code for the
+          changes if the following three conditions are met:
+          - The license that applies to the changes permits you to distribute
+            the changes to the Vim maintainer without fee or restriction, and
+            permits the Vim maintainer to include the changes in the official
+            version of Vim without fee or restriction.
+          - You keep the changes for at least three years after last
+            distributing the corresponding modified Vim.  When the maintainer
+            or someone who you distributed the modified Vim to asks you (in
+            any way) for the changes within this period, you must make them
+            available to him.
+          - You clearly describe in the distribution how to contact you.  This
+            contact information must remain valid for at least three years
+            after last distributing the corresponding modified Vim, or as long
+            as possible.
+       e) When the GNU General Public License (GPL) applies to the changes,
+          you can distribute the modified Vim under the GNU GPL version 2 or
+          any later version.
+    3) A message must be added, at least in the output of the ":version"
+       command and in the intro screen, such that the user of the modified Vim
+       is able to see that it was modified.  When distributing as mentioned
+       under 2)e) adding the message is only required for as far as this does
+       not conflict with the license used for the changes.
+    4) The contact information as required under 2)a) and 2)d) must not be
+       removed or changed, except that the person himself can make
+       corrections.
+
+III) If you distribute a modified version of Vim, you are encouraged to use
+     the Vim license for your changes and make them available to the
+     maintainer, including the source code.  The preferred way to do this is
+     by e-mail or by uploading the files to a server and e-mailing the URL.
+     If the number of changes is small (e.g., a modified Makefile) e-mailing a
+     context diff will do.  The e-mail address to be used is
+     <maintainer@vim.org>
+
+IV)  It is not allowed to remove this license from the distribution of the Vim
+     sources, parts of it or from a modified version.  You may use this
+     license for previous Vim releases instead of the license that they came
+     with, at your option.

Makefile

@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ MINOR = 2
 #   > msvc2015.bat
 # - Build the console binary:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak
-# - Run the tests and check the ouput:
+# - Run the tests and check the output:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test
 # - Rename (using ../tools/rename.bat):

README.md

@@ -26,10 +26,12 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), macOS, Haiku, VMS and almost
-almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
+all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
-difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
+Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000, Amiga DOS,
-DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+
+For Vim9 script see [README_VIM9](README_VIM9.md).
 
 ## Distribution ##
 
@@ -70,6 +72,7 @@ archive):
 	README_unix.txt		Unix
 	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
 	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+	README_haiku.txt	Haiku
 	README_vms.txt		VMS
 
 There are other `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.

README.txt

@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), macOS, VMS and almost all
-almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
+flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
-difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
+Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000, Amiga DOS,
-DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
 
 
 DISTRIBUTION

README_VIM9.md

@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)
+
+# What is Vim9?
+
+This is an experimental side of [Vim](https://github.com/vim/vim).
+It explores ways of making Vim script faster and better.
+
+WARNING: The Vim9 script features are in the early stages of development,
+anything can break!
+
+# Why Vim9?
+
+## 1. FASTER VIM SCRIPT
+
+The third item on the poll results of 2018, after popup windows and text
+properties, is faster Vim script.  So how do we do that?
+
+I have been throwing some ideas around, and soon came to the conclusion
+that the current way functions are called and executed, with
+dictionaries for the arguments and local variables, is never going to be
+very fast.  We're lucky if we can make it twice as fast.  The overhead
+of a function call and executing every line is just too high.
+
+So what then?  We can only make something fast by having a new way of
+defining a function, with similar but different properties of the old
+way:
+* Arguments are only available by name, not through the a: dictionary or
+  the a:000 list.
+* Local variables are not available in an l: dictionary.
+* A few more things that slow us down, such as exception handling details.
+
+I Implemented a "proof of concept" and measured the time to run a simple
+for loop with an addition (Justin used this example in his presentation,
+full code is below):
+
+``` vim
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+```
+
+| how     | time in sec |
+| --------| -------- |
+| Vim old | 5.018541 |
+| Python  | 0.369598 |
+| Lua     | 0.078817 |
+| Vim new | 0.073595 |
+
+That looks very promising!  It's just one example, but it shows how much
+we can gain, and also that Vim script can be faster than builtin
+interfaces.
+
+In practice the script would not do something useless as counting but change
+the text.  For example, re-indent all the lines:
+
+``` vim
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    call setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    let totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+```
+
+| how     | time in sec |
+| --------| -------- |
+| Vim old | 0.853752 |
+| Python  | 0.304584 |
+| Lua     | 0.286573 |
+| Vim new | 0.190276 |
+
+The differences are smaller, but Vim 9 script is clearly the fastest.
+
+How does Vim9 script work?  The function is first compiled into a sequence of
+instructions.  Each instruction has one or two parameters and a stack is
+used to store intermediate results.  Local variables are also on the
+stack, space is reserved during compilation.  This is a fairly normal
+way of compilation into an intermediate format, specialized for Vim,
+e.g. each stack item is a typeval_T.  And one of the instructions is
+"execute Ex command", for commands that are not compiled.
+
+
+## 2. PHASING OUT INTERFACES
+
+Attempts have been made to implement functionality with built-in script
+languages such as Python, Perl, Lua, Tcl and Ruby.  This never gained much
+foothold, for various reasons.
+
+Instead of using script language support in Vim:
+* Encourage implementing external tools in any language and communicate
+  with them.  The job and channel support already makes this possible.
+  Really any language can be used, also Java and Go, which are not
+  available built-in.
+* Phase out the built-in language interfaces, make maintenance a bit easier
+  and executables easier to build.  They will be kept for backwards
+  compatibility, no new features.
+* Improve the Vim script language, it is used to communicate with the external
+  tool and implements the Vim side of the interface.  Also, it can be used when
+  an external tool is undesired.
+
+All together this creates a clear situation: Vim with the +eval feature
+will be sufficient for most plugins, while some plugins require
+installing a tool that can be written in any language.  No confusion
+about having Vim but the plugin not working because some specific
+language is missing.  This is a good long term goal.
+
+Rationale: Why is it better to run a tool separately from Vim than using a
+built-in interface and interpreter?  Take for example something that is
+written in Python:
+* The built-in interface uses the embedded python interpreter.  This is less
+  well maintained than the python command.  Building Vim with it requires
+  installing developer packages.  If loaded dynamically there can be a version
+  mismatch.
+* When running the tool externally the standard python command can be used,
+  which is quite often available by default or can be easily installed.
+* The built-in interface has an API that is unique for Vim with Python. This is
+  an extra API to learn.
+* A .py file can be compiled into a .pyc file and execute much faster.
+* Inside Vim multi-threading can cause problems, since the Vim core is single
+  threaded.  In an external tool there are no such problems.
+* The Vim part is written in .vim files, the Python part is in .py files, this
+  is nicely separated.
+* Disadvantage: An interface needs to be made between Vim and Python.
+  JSON is available for this, and it's fairly easy to use.  But it still
+  requires implementing asynchronous communication.
+
+
+## 3. BETTER VIM SCRIPT
+
+To make Vim faster a new way of defining a function needs to be added.
+While we are doing that, since the lines in this function won't be fully
+backwards compatible anyway, we can also make Vim script easier to use.
+In other words: "less weird".  Making it work more like modern
+programming languages will help.  No surprises.
+
+A good example is how in a function the arguments are prefixed with
+"a:". No other language I know does that, so let's drop it.
+
+Taking this one step further is also dropping "s:" for script-local variables;
+everything at the script level is script-local by default.  Since this is not
+backwards compatible it requires a new script style: Vim9 script!
+
+It should be possible to convert code from other languages to Vim
+script.  We can add functionality to make this easier.  This still needs
+to be discussed, but we can consider adding type checking and a simple
+form of classes.  If you look at JavaScript for example, it has gone
+through these stages over time, adding real class support and now
+TypeScript adds type checking.  But we'll have to see how much of that
+we actually want to include in Vim script.  Ideally a conversion tool
+can take Python, JavaScript or TypeScript code and convert it to Vim
+script, with only some things that cannot be converted.
+
+Vim script won't work the same as any specific language, but we can use
+mechanisms that are commonly known, ideally with the same syntax.  One
+thing I have been thinking of is assignments without ":let".  I often
+make that mistake (after writing JavaScript especially).  I think it is
+possible, if we make local variables shadow commands.  That should be OK,
+if you shadow a command you want to use, just rename the variable.
+Using "let" and "const" to declare a variable, like in JavaScript and
+TypeScript, can work:
+
+
+``` vim
+def MyFunction(arg: number): number
+   let local = 1
+   let todo = arg
+   const ADD = 88
+   while todo > 0
+      local += ADD
+      --todo
+   endwhile
+   return local
+enddef
+```
+
+The similarity with JavaScript/TypeScript can also be used for dependencies
+between files.  Vim currently uses the `:source` command, which has several
+disadvantages:
+*   In the sourced script, is not clear what it provides.  By default all
+    functions are global and can be used elsewhere.
+*   In a script that sources other scripts, it is not clear what function comes
+    from what sourced script.  Finding the implementation is a hassle.
+*   Prevention of loading the whole script twice must be manually implemented.
+
+We can use the `:import` and `:export` commands from the JavaScript standard to
+make this much better.  For example, in script "myfunction.vim" define a
+function and export it:
+
+``` vim
+vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here
+
+let local = 'local variable is not exported, script-local'
+
+export def MyFunction()  " exported function
+...
+
+def LocalFunction() " not exported, script-local
+...
+```
+
+And in another script import the function:
+
+``` vim
+vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here
+
+import MyFunction from 'myfunction.vim'
+```
+
+This looks like JavaScript/TypeScript, thus many users will understand the
+syntax.
+
+These are ideas, this will take time to design, discuss and implement.
+Eventually this will lead to Vim 9!
+
+
+## Code for sum time measurements
+
+Vim was build with -O2.
+
+``` vim
+func VimOld()
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+  return sum
+endfunc
+
+func Python()
+  py3 << END
+sum = 0
+for i in range(1, 3000000):
+  sum += i
+END
+  return py3eval('sum')
+endfunc
+
+func Lua()
+  lua << END
+    sum = 0
+    for i = 1, 2999999 do
+      sum = sum + i
+    end
+END
+  return luaeval('sum')
+endfunc
+
+def VimNew()
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+  return sum
+enddef
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimOld()
+echo 'Vim old: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo Python()
+echo 'Python: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo Lua()
+echo 'Lua: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimNew()
+echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+```
+
+## Code for indent time measurements
+
+``` vim
+def VimNew(): number
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+  return totallen
+enddef
+
+func VimOld()
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    call setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    let totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+  return totallen
+endfunc
+
+func Lua()
+  lua << END
+    b = vim.buffer()
+    totallen = 0
+    for i = 1, 100000 do
+      b[i] = "    " .. b[i]
+      totallen = totallen + string.len(b[i])
+    end
+END
+  return luaeval('totallen')
+endfunc
+
+func Python()
+  py3 << END
+cb = vim.current.buffer
+totallen = 0
+for i in range(0, 100000):
+  cb[i] = '    ' + cb[i]
+  totallen += len(cb[i])
+END
+  return py3eval('totallen')
+endfunc
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimOld()
+echo 'Vim old: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo Python()
+echo 'Python: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+ 
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo Lua()
+echo 'Lua: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimNew()
+echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+```

READMEdir/README_dos.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 README_dos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems.
+This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-Windows systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 
 There are two ways to install Vim:
@@ -64,10 +64,6 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
    to another location.  That is where they will stay, the install program
    won't move or copy the runtime files.
 
-   Only for the 32 bit DOS version on MS-DOS without DPMI support (trying to
-   run install.exe will produce an error message): Unpack the CSDPMI4B.ZIP
-   archive and follow the instructions in the documentation.
-
 3. Change to the new directory:
 	cd vim\vim82
    Run the "install.exe" program.  It will ask you a number of questions about
@@ -121,7 +117,7 @@ Remarks:
 	set VIM=d:\editors\vim
 
 - If you have told the "install.exe" program to add the "Edit with Vim" menu
-  entry, you can remove it by running the "uninstal.exe".  See
+  entry, you can remove it by running the "uninstall.exe".  See
   ":help win32-popup-menu".
 
 - In Windows 95/98/NT you can create a shortcut to Vim.  This works for all
@@ -150,5 +146,4 @@ Remarks:
 
 For further information, type one of these inside Vim:
 	:help dos
-	:help msdos
 	:help win32

READMEdir/README_extra.txt

@@ -13,9 +13,6 @@ src/if_sniff.*		Interface to SNiFF.  If you don't know what SNiFF is,
 
 src/os_amiga.*		Files for the Amiga port.
 
-src/gui_beos.*
-src/os_beos.*		Files for the BeOS port.
-
 src/os_msdos.*
 src/os_dos.*		Files for the MS-DOS port.
 
@@ -24,9 +21,6 @@ src/os_mac.*		Files for the Mac port.
 
 src/os_mint.8		Files for the Atari Mint port.
 
-src/os_os2*		Files for the OS/2 port.
-src/tee/*		Extra program for OS/2.
-
 src/os_vms*		Files for the VMS port.
 
 src/os_w32*

READMEdir/README_haiku.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+README_haiku.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+
+This file explains the installation of Vim on Haiku operating system.
+See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
+
+Preferred (and easy) way to get Vim on Haiku is to use default Haiku
+software repository HaikuPorts. To get Vim:
+
+- Open HaikuDepot application and search for "vim" package, then install,
+- Open a Terminal and type "pkgman install vim", then follow instructions.
+
+If you prefer to install Vim from source, follow the instructions on
+"runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt", "Compiling Vim" section.

READMEdir/README_srcdos.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 README_srcdos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
-See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-Windows.
 These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.zip).
 
 
-The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-DOS or
+The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-Windows.
-MS-Windows.  It is packed for DOS systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the
+It is packed for MS-Windows systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the VisVim
-VisVim sources.
+sources.
 
 See "src/INSTALLpc.txt" for instructions on how to compile Vim on the PC.

READMEdir/README_w32s.txt

@@ -1,15 +1,6 @@
 README_w32s.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-This archive contains the gvim.exe that was specifically compiled for use in
+This file used to explain the installation of Vim on MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11
-the Win32s subsystem in MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
+systems.  However, support for MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11 has been removed in
-
+patch 7.4.1364.
-Also see the README_bindos.txt, README_dos.txt and README.txt files.
+See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
-
-Be careful not to overwrite the Win32s gvim.exe with the another gvim.exe when
-unpacking another binary archive!  Check the output of ":version":
-	Win32s - "MS-Windows 16/32 bit GUI version"
-	 Win32 - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version"
-Win32 with OLE - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version with OLE support"
-
-For further information, type this inside Vim:
-	:help win32s

appveyor.yml

@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ test_script:
   - cd src/testdir
     # Testing with MSVC gvim
   - path C:\Python35-x64;%PATH%
-  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak POSTSCRIPT=yes VIMPROG=..\gvim
   - nmake -f Make_dos.mak clean
     # Testing with MingW console version
-  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak POSTSCRIPT=yes VIMPROG=..\vim
 
 # vim: sw=2 sts=2 et ts=8 sr

ci/config.mk.clang.sed

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=missing-field-initializers/
+/^RUBY_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unknown-attributes -Wno-error=ignored-attributes/

ci/config.mk.gcc.sed

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=maybe-uninitialized/

ci/config.mk.sed

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Werror/
+/^PERL_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-function/

ci/if_ver-1.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Print all interface versions for Ubuntu. Part 1.
+
+if 1
+  execute 'source' expand('<sfile>:h') .. '/if_ver-cmd.vim'
+
+  echo "*** Interface versions ***\n"
+
+  echo 'Lua:'
+  PrintVer lua print(_VERSION)
+
+  echo 'MzScheme:'
+  PrintVer mzscheme (display (version))
+
+  echo 'Perl:'
+  PrintVer perl print $^V
+
+  echo 'Ruby:'
+  PrintVer ruby print RUBY_VERSION
+
+  echo 'Tcl:'
+  PrintVer tcl puts [info patchlevel]
+
+  echo 'Python 2:'
+  PrintVer python print sys.version
+endif

ci/if_ver-2.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+" Print py3 interface versions for Ubuntu. Part 2.
+
+if 1
+  execute 'source' expand('<sfile>:h') .. '/if_ver-cmd.vim'
+
+  echo 'Python 3:'
+  PrintVer python3 print(sys.version)
+endif

ci/if_ver-cmd.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+" Provide 'PrintVer' command to print the interface versions.
+
+func s:print_ver(lang, ...)
+  if has(a:lang)
+    exec a:lang join(a:000)
+  else
+    echo 'N/A'
+  endif
+  echo ''
+endfunc
+
+command -nargs=+ PrintVer call <SID>print_ver(<f-args>)

ci/load-snd-dummy.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+set -e
+
+if ! modprobe snd-dummy; then
+    # snd-dummy is contained in linux-modules-extra (if exists)
+    apt install -y "linux-modules-extra-$(uname -r)"
+    modprobe snd-dummy
+fi

nsis/README.txt

@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 
 5.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
     be used (which is fine for most users).  If you do have your own
-    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim81" directory,
+    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim82" directory,
     it's the same for all Vim versions).
     You can find one in previous Vim versions or in this archive:
 		http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/diffutils.tar.gz
 
-6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim81"
+6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim82"
     directory).  This is required for the terminal window.
 
 7.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Unicode true
 # Uncomment the next line if you want to include VisVim extension:
 #!define HAVE_VIS_VIM
 
-# Comment the following line to create a multilanguage installer:
+# Comment the following line to create an English-only installer:
 !define HAVE_MULTI_LANG
 
 # Uncomment the next line if you want to create a 64-bit installer.
@@ -176,6 +176,7 @@ Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom
     !include "lang\japanese.nsi"
     !include "lang\simpchinese.nsi"
     !include "lang\tradchinese.nsi"
+    !include "lang\turkish.nsi"
 !endif
 
 ##########################################################

nsis/lang/turkish.nsi

@@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
 LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Vim ile Aç"
 LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tıklama menüsüne ekler."
+    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tık menüsüne ekler."
     
  LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Bir konfigürasyon dosyası oluştur"
+    "Bir yapılandırma dosyası oluştur"
 LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Eğer yoksa bir konfigürasyon dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."
+    "Eğer yoksa bir yapılandırma dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."
 
 LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Eklenti dizinleri oluştur"
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
 LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Vim programını ve çalıştırma dosyalarını kaldır"
 LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Tüm Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."
+    "Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."
 
 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Eklenti dizinlerini kaldır"
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
 LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Vim kök dizinini kaldır"
 LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim konfigürasyon dosyalarını içerir!"
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim yapılandırma dosyalarını içerir!"
     
  LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Yükleme başarısız oldu. Yeniden deneyin."

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2018 Aug 20
+" Last Change:	2020 Apr 08
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
@@ -635,3 +635,5 @@ endfunc
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: noet sw=2 sts=2

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Mar 08
+" Last Change:	2020 Mar 30
 
 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ endfunc
 
 func dist#ft#FTmms()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 10
+  while n < 20
     let line = getline(n)
     if line =~ '^\s*\(%\|//\)' || line =~ '^\*'
       setf mmix
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ endfunc
 
 func dist#ft#FTmm()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 10
+  while n < 20
     let line = getline(n)
     if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|/\*\)'
       setf objcpp

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ if &cp
 endif
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** this version of getscript needs vim 7.2"
+ echo "***warning*** this version of GetLatestVimScripts needs vim 7.2"
  echohl Normal
  finish
 endif

runtime/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrw.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across
 "            AUTOLOAD SECTION
-" Date:		Nov 29, 2019
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
-" Version:	167
+" Version:	168
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ if exists("s:needspatches")
  endfor
 endif
 
-let g:loaded_netrw = "v167"
+let g:loaded_netrw = "v168"
 if !exists("s:NOTE")
  let s:NOTE    = 0
  let s:WARNING = 1
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ setl cpo&vim
 "   Usage: netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE | s:WARNING | s:ERROR,"some message",error-number)
 "          netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE | s:WARNING | s:ERROR,["message1","message2",...],error-number)
 "          (this function can optionally take a list of messages)
-"  Mar 21, 2017 : max errnum currently is 105
+"  Dec 2, 2019 : max errnum currently is 106
 fun! netrw#ErrorMsg(level,msg,errnum)
 "  call Dfunc("netrw#ErrorMsg(level=".a:level." msg<".a:msg."> errnum=".a:errnum.") g:netrw_use_errorwindow=".g:netrw_use_errorwindow)
 
@@ -447,23 +447,9 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_localmovecmd")
   let g:netrw_localmovecmd= ""
  endif
 endif
-if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
+" following serves as an example for how to insert a version&patch specific test
- " 1109 provides for delete(tmpdir,"d") which is what will be used
+"if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
- if exists("g:netrw_local_rmdir")
+"endif
-  let g:netrw_localrmdir= g:netrw_local_rmdir
-  call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE,"g:netrw_local_rmdir is deprecated in favor of g:netrw_localrmdir",86)
- endif
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-   if g:netrw_cygwin
-    call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_localrmdir","rmdir")
-   else
-    let g:netrw_localrmdir   = expand("$COMSPEC")
-    let g:netrw_localrmdiropt= " /c rmdir"
-   endif
- else
-  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_localrmdir","rmdir")
- endif
-endif
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_liststyle"  , s:THINLIST)
 " sanity checks
 if g:netrw_liststyle < 0 || g:netrw_liststyle >= s:MAXLIST
@@ -5217,8 +5203,8 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   if a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)
    " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
 "   call Decho("remote≡0 and a:fname<".a:fname."> ".(isdirectory(a:fname)? "is a directory" : "is not a directory"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call Decho("..appears to be a local directory; using gf instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a local directory; using e ".a:fname." instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   norm! gf
+   exe "e ".a:fname
 "   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
    return
   elseif a:remote == 1 && a:fname !~ '^https\=:' && a:fname =~ '/$'
@@ -7158,17 +7144,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileCopy(islocal,...)
 "      call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFileCopy : lcd failure")
       return
      endif
-     if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
+     if delete(tmpdir,"d")
-      call s:NetrwExe("sil !".g:netrw_localrmdir.g:netrw_localrmdiropt." ".s:ShellEscape(tmpdir,1))
+      call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to delete directory <".tmpdir.">!",103)
-      if v:shell_error != 0
-       call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"consider setting g:netrw_localrmdir<".g:netrw_localrmdir."> to something that works",80)
-" "      call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFileCopy : failed: sil !".g:netrw_localrmdir." ".s:ShellEscape(tmpdir,1) )
-       return
-      endif
-     else
-      if delete(tmpdir,"d")
-       call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to delete directory <".tmpdir.">!",103)
-      endif
      endif
     else
      if s:NetrwLcd(curdir)
@@ -9587,6 +9564,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
 "   call Decho("setl ma noro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let b:netrw_cpf= 0
    if line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
+    " determine the maximum filename size; use that to set cpf
     exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./if virtcol("$") > b:netrw_cpf|let b:netrw_cpf= virtcol("$")|endif'
     NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
    else
@@ -9594,6 +9572,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
 "    call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
     return
    endif
+   " allow for two spaces to separate columns
    let b:netrw_cpf= b:netrw_cpf + 2
 "   call Decho("b:netrw_cpf=max_filename_length+2=".b:netrw_cpf,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
@@ -9621,10 +9600,11 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
     if newcolend > line("$") | let newcolend= line("$") | endif
     let newcolqty= newcolend - newcolstart
     exe newcolstart
+    " COMBAK: both of the visual-mode using lines below are problematic vis-a-vis @*
     if newcolqty == 0
      exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$h\"ax".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$\"ap"
     else
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$h\"ax'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$\"ap'
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$h"ax'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$"ap'
     endif
     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj ".newcolstart.','.newcolend.'d _'
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt
@@ -11048,9 +11028,10 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
 "  call Dfunc("NetrwLocalRename(path<".a:path.">)")
 
   " preparation for removing multiple files/directories
-  let ykeep    = @@
+  let ykeep     = @@
-  let ctr      = a:firstline
+  let ctr       = a:firstline
-  let svpos    = winsaveview()
+  let svpos     = winsaveview()
+  let all       = 0
 "  call Decho("saving posn to svpos<".string(svpos).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   " rename files given by the markfilelist
@@ -11078,6 +11059,23 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
       let newname = substitute(oldname,subfrom,subto,'')
      endif
     endif
+    if !all && filereadable(newname)
+     call inputsave()
+      let response= input("File<".newname."> already exists; do you want to overwrite it? (y/all/n) ")
+     call inputrestore()
+     if response == "all"
+      let all= 1
+     elseif response != "y" && response != "yes"
+      " refresh the directory
+"      call Decho("refresh the directory listing",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwRefresh(1,s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))
+"      call Decho("restoring posn to svpos<".string(svpos).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      NetrwKeepj call winrestview(svpos)
+      let @@= ykeep
+"      call Dret("NetrwLocalRename")
+      return
+     endif
+    endif
     call rename(oldname,newname)
    endfor
    call s:NetrwUnmarkList(bufnr("%"),b:netrw_curdir)
@@ -11101,14 +11099,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
 
     NetrwKeepj norm! 0
     let oldname= s:ComposePath(a:path,curword)
-"   call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
     call inputsave()
     let newname= input("Moving ".oldname." to : ",substitute(oldname,'/*$','','e'))
     call inputrestore()
 
     call rename(oldname,newname)
-"   call Decho("renaming <".oldname."> to <".newname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("renaming <".oldname."> to <".newname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
     let ctr= ctr + 1
    endwhile
@@ -11896,6 +11894,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwExe(cmd)
 "   call Decho("exe ".a:cmd,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe a:cmd
   endif
+  if v:shell_error
+   call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"shell signalled an error",106)
+  endif
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwExe : v:shell_error=".v:shell_error)
 endfun
 

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
 " Date:		Nov 09, 2016
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " Version:	16
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Apr 17, 2013
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
-" Version:		29
+" Version:	32
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
-" License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
+" License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v29"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v32"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
  let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
+if !exists("g:tar_delfile")
+ let g:tar_delfile="--delete -f"
+endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
@@ -109,6 +112,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   " sanity checks
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
+"   call Decho('***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system')
    echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse")
@@ -119,6 +123,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    if a:tarfile !~# '^\a\+://'
     " if it's an url, don't complain, let url-handlers such as vim do its thing
     redraw!
+"    call Decho("***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">")
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">" | echohl None
    endif
    let &report= repkeep
@@ -152,12 +157,27 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
-
   let curlast= line("$")
-  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
+
-    let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
+  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
 "   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "sil! r! " . gzip_command . " -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(tgz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tbz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(txz\)$'
+   if has("unix") && executable("file")
+    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1)) =~ "bzip2"
+   else
+    let filekind= ""
+   endif
+
+   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   else
+    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   endif
+
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
 "   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
    exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
@@ -184,7 +204,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
    return
   endif
-  if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~ '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
+  if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~# '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
    keepj sil! %d
@@ -197,8 +217,13 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    return
   endif
 
+  " set up maps supported for tar
   setlocal noma nomod ro
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	<cr>		:call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	x	 	:call tar#Extract()<cr>       
+  if &mouse != ""
+   noremap <silent> <buffer>	<leftmouse>	<leftmouse>:call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  endif
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("tar#Browse : b:tarfile<".b:tarfile.">")
@@ -235,7 +260,8 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
 
-  new
+  " open a new window (tar#Read will read a file into it)
+  noswapfile new
   if !exists("g:tar_nomax") || g:tar_nomax == 0
    wincmd _
   endif
@@ -267,7 +293,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   if  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
    let decmp= "|bzcat"
    let doro = 1
-  elseif      fname =~ '\.gz$'  && executable("zcat")
+  elseif      fname =~ '\.t\=gz$'  && executable("zcat")
    let decmp= "|zcat"
    let doro = 1
   elseif  fname =~ '\.lzma$' && executable("lzcat")
@@ -291,20 +317,29 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   endif
 
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
-    let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-"   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1))
+
-   exe "sil! r! " . gzip_command . " -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\(\.tgz\|\.tbz\|\.txz\)'
+   if has("unix") && executable("file")
+    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1))
+   else
+    let filekind= ""
+   endif
+   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   else
+    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   endif
+
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
-"   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! lzma -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
-"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
@@ -348,13 +383,14 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   " sanity checks
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
-   echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
+"   call Decho('***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system')
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
    return
   endif
   if !exists("*mkdir")
    redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system")
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system" | echohl None
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
@@ -375,6 +411,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    exe "cd ".fnameescape(tmpdir)
   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E344/
    redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory")
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory" | Echohl None
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
@@ -393,8 +430,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   let tarfile = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
   let fname   = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
 
-  let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-
   " handle compressed archives
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
    call system("bzip2 -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
@@ -402,12 +437,12 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    let compress= "bzip2 -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.gz'
-   call system(gzip_command . " -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.gz','','e')
    let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.tgz'
-   call system(gzip_command . " -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.tgz','.tar','e')
    let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
    let tgz     = 1
@@ -427,6 +462,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname)
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
   else
 
@@ -459,10 +495,11 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    endif
  
    " delete old file from tarfile
-"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
+"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
-   call system(g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
+   call system(g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
    if v:shell_error != 0
     redraw!
+"    call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname))
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
    else
  
@@ -471,6 +508,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
     call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
     if v:shell_error != 0
      redraw!
+"     call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname))
      echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
     elseif exists("compress")
 "     call Decho("call system(".compress.")")
@@ -486,11 +524,11 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    if s:tblfile_{winnr()} =~ '^\a\+://'
 "    call Decho("handle writing <".tarfile."> across network to <".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
     let tblfile= s:tblfile_{winnr()}
-    1split|enew
+    1split|noswapfile enew
     let binkeep= &l:binary
     let eikeep = &ei
     set binary ei=all
-    exe "e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
+    exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
     call netrw#NetWrite(tblfile)
     let &ei       = eikeep
     let &l:binary = binkeep
@@ -524,7 +562,7 @@ fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
    " sets up b:tardiff_otherbuf variables so each buffer knows about the other (for closing purposes)
    diffthis
    wincmd v
-   exe "e ".fnameescape(fname)
+   exe "noswapfile e ".fnameescape(fname)
    diffthis
   else
    redraw!
@@ -533,6 +571,119 @@ fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
 "  call Dret("tar#Diff")
 endfun
 
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" tar#Extract: extract a file from a (possibly compressed) tar archive {{{2
+fun! tar#Extract()
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Extract()")
+
+  let repkeep= &report
+  set report=10
+  let fname= getline(".")
+"  call Decho("fname<".fname.">")
+
+  if !exists("g:tar_secure") && fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
+   redraw!
+   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
+"   call Dret('tar#BrowseSelect : rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"')
+   return
+  endif
+
+  " sanity check
+  if fname =~ '^"'
+   let &report= repkeep
+"   call Dret("TarBrowseSelect")
+   return
+  endif
+
+  let tarball = expand("%")
+"  call Decho("tarball<".tarball.">")
+  let tarbase = substitute(tarball,'\..*$','','')
+"  call Decho("tarbase<".tarbase.">")
+
+  let extractcmd= netrw#WinPath(g:tar_extractcmd)
+  if filereadable(tarbase.".tar")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tgz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tgz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."t ".tarbase.".tgz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.gz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.gz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.gz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tbz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tbz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tbz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.bz2")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz2 ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz2 ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".txz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".txz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".txz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.xz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.xz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.xz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+  endif
+
+  " restore option
+  let &report= repkeep
+
+"  call Dret("tar#Extract")
+endfun
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)
@@ -587,10 +738,7 @@ fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
 
   " if necessary, decompress the tarball; then, extract it
   if tartail =~ '\.tgz'
-   let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
+   if executable("gunzip")
-   if executable(gzip_command)
-    silent exe "!" . gzip_command . " -d ".shellescape(tartail)
-   elseif executable("gunzip")
     silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(tartail)
    elseif executable("gzip")
     silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(tartail)
@@ -628,28 +776,6 @@ fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
 "  call Dret("tar#Vimuntar")
 endfun
 
-func s:get_gzip_command(file)
-  " Try using the "file" command to get the actual compression type, since
-  " there is no standard way for the naming: ".tgz", ".tbz", ".txz", etc.
-  " If the "file" command doesn't work fall back to just using the file name.
-  if a:file =~# 'z$'
-    let filetype = system('file ' . a:file)
-    if filetype =~ 'bzip2 compressed' && executable('bzip2')
-      return 'bzip2'
-    endif
-    if filetype =~ 'XZ compressed' && executable('xz')
-      return 'xz'
-    endif
-  endif
-  if a:file =~# 'bz2$'
-    return 'bzip2'
-  endif
-  if a:file =~# 'xz$'
-    return 'xz'
-  endif
-  return 'gzip'
-endfunc
-
 " =====================================================================
 " Modelines And Restoration: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo

runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for formatting XML
-" Last Change: 2019 Oct 24
+" Last Change: 2020 Jan 06
-"     Version: 0.2
+"     Version: 0.3
 "      Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 "  Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 "     License: VIM License
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ let s:keepcpo       = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 " Main function: Format the input {{{1
-func! xmlformat#Format()
+func! xmlformat#Format() abort
   " only allow reformatting through the gq command
   " (e.g. Vim is in normal mode)
   if mode() != 'n'
@@ -40,14 +40,16 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
       continue
     elseif line !~# '<[/]\?[^>]*>'
       let nextmatch = match(list, '<[/]\?[^>]*>', current)
-      let line .= join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], "\n")
+      if nextmatch > -1 
-      call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+        let line .= ' '. join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], " ")
+        call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+      endif
     endif
     " split on `>`, but don't split on very first opening <
     " this means, items can be like ['<tag>', 'tag content</tag>']
     for item in split(line, '.\@<=[>]\zs')
       if s:EndTag(item)
-        let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+        call s:DecreaseIndent()
         call add(result, s:Indent(item))
       elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
         call add(result, s:Indent(item))
@@ -59,13 +61,23 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
           " Simply split on '<', if there is one,
           " but reformat according to &textwidth
           let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
+
+          " if the content fits well within a single line, add it there
+          " so that the output looks like this:
+          "
+          " <foobar>1</foobar>
+          if s:TagContent(lastitem) is# s:TagContent(t[1]) && strlen(result[-1]) + strlen(item) <= s:Textwidth()
+            let result[-1] .= item
+            let lastitem = t[1]
+            continue
+          endif
           " t should only contain 2 items, but just be safe here
           if s:IsTag(lastitem)
             let s:indent+=1
           endif
           let result+=s:FormatContent([t[0]])
           if s:EndTag(t[1])
-            let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+            call s:DecreaseIndent()
           endif
           "for y in t[1:]
             let result+=s:FormatContent(t[1:])
@@ -97,15 +109,15 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
   return 0
 endfunc
 " Check if given tag is XML Declaration header {{{1
-func! s:IsXMLDecl(tag)
+func! s:IsXMLDecl(tag) abort
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*<?xml\s\?\%(version="[^"]*"\)\?\s\?\%(encoding="[^"]*"\)\? ?>\s*$'
 endfunc
 " Return tag indented by current level {{{1
-func! s:Indent(item)
+func! s:Indent(item) abort
   return repeat(' ', shiftwidth()*s:indent). s:Trim(a:item)
 endfu
 " Return item trimmed from leading whitespace {{{1
-func! s:Trim(item)
+func! s:Trim(item) abort
   if exists('*trim')
     return trim(a:item)
   else
@@ -113,44 +125,53 @@ func! s:Trim(item)
   endif
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a new opening tag <tag> {{{1
-func! s:StartTag(tag)
+func! s:StartTag(tag) abort
   let is_comment = s:IsComment(a:tag)
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]' && !is_comment
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a Comment start {{{1
-func! s:IsComment(tag)
+func! s:IsComment(tag) abort
   return a:tag =~? '<!--'
 endfunc
 " Remove one level of indentation {{{1
-func! s:DecreaseIndent()
+func! s:DecreaseIndent() abort
-  return (s:indent > 0 ? s:indent - 1 : 0)
+  let s:indent = (s:indent > 0 ? s:indent - 1 : 0)
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a closing tag </tag> {{{1
-func! s:EndTag(tag)
+func! s:EndTag(tag) abort
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*</'
 endfunc
 " Check that the tag is actually a tag and not {{{1
 " something like "foobar</foobar>"
-func! s:IsTag(tag)
+func! s:IsTag(tag) abort
   return s:Trim(a:tag)[0] == '<'
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is empty <tag/> {{{1
-func! s:EmptyTag(tag)
+func! s:EmptyTag(tag) abort
   return a:tag =~ '/>\s*$'
 endfunc
+func! s:TagContent(tag) abort "{{{1
+  " Return content of a tag
+  return substitute(a:tag, '^\s*<[/]\?\([^>]*\)>\s*$', '\1', '')
+endfunc
+func! s:Textwidth() abort "{{{1
+  " return textwidth (or 80 if not set)
+  return &textwidth == 0 ? 80 : &textwidth
+endfunc
 " Format input line according to textwidth {{{1
-func! s:FormatContent(list)
+func! s:FormatContent(list) abort
   let result=[]
-  let limit = 80
+  let limit = s:Textwidth()
-  if &textwidth > 0
-    let limit = &textwidth
-  endif
   let column=0
   let idx = -1
   let add_indent = 0
   let cnt = 0
   for item in a:list
     for word in split(item, '\s\+\S\+\zs') 
+      if match(word, '^\s\+$') > -1
+        " skip empty words
+        continue
+      endif
       let column += strdisplaywidth(word, column)
       if match(word, "^\\s*\n\\+\\s*$") > -1
         call add(result, '')

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Sep 13, 2016
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
-" Version:	28
+" Version:	30
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v28"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v30"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2 or later"
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
   " sanity check: ensure that the zipfile has "PK" as its first two letters
   "               (zipped files have a leading PK as a "magic cookie")
   if !filereadable(a:zipfile) || readfile(a:zipfile, "", 1)[0] !~ '^PK'
-   exe "noautocmd e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
+   exe "noswapfile noautocmd noswapfile e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
 "   call Dret("zip#Browse : not a zipfile<".a:zipfile.">")
    return
 "  else        " Decho
@@ -141,8 +141,11 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
 
   " Maps associated with zip plugin
   setlocal noma nomod ro
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr>	:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	<cr>		:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> x		:call zip#Extract()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	x		:call zip#Extract()<cr>
+  if &mouse != ""
+   noremap <silent> <buffer>	<leftmouse>	<leftmouse>:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  endif
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("zip#Browse")
@@ -175,17 +178,17 @@ fun! s:ZipBrowseSelect()
 
   " get zipfile to the new-window
   let zipfile = b:zipfile
-  let curfile= expand("%")
+  let curfile = expand("%")
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
 
-  new
+  noswapfile new
   if !exists("g:zip_nomax") || g:zip_nomax == 0
    wincmd _
   endif
   let s:zipfile_{winnr()}= curfile
 "  call Decho("exe e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname))
-  exe "e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname)
+  exe "noswapfile e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname)
   filetype detect
 
   let &report= repkeep
@@ -339,7 +342,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
    let binkeep= &binary
    let eikeep = &ei
    set binary ei=all
-   exe "e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
+   exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
    call netrw#NetWrite(netzipfile)
    let &ei     = eikeep
    let &binary = binkeep

runtime/compiler/eslint.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:    ESLint for JavaScript
+" Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "eslint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=eslint\ --format\ compact
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#

runtime/compiler/standard.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:    Standard for JavaScript
+" Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "standard"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=standard
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	os_amiga.txt \
 	os_beos.txt \
 	os_dos.txt \
+	os_haiku.txt \
 	os_mac.txt \
 	os_mint.txt \
 	os_msdos.txt \
@@ -140,6 +141,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	usr_43.txt \
 	usr_44.txt \
 	usr_45.txt \
+	usr_46.txt \
 	usr_90.txt \
 	usr_toc.txt \
 	various.txt \
@@ -149,6 +151,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version7.txt \
 	version8.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
+	vim9.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
 	workshop.txt
@@ -203,6 +206,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	os_amiga.html \
 	os_beos.html \
 	os_dos.html \
+	os_haiku.html \
 	os_mac.html \
 	os_mint.html \
 	os_msdos.html \
@@ -279,6 +283,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	usr_43.html \
 	usr_44.html \
 	usr_45.html \
+	usr_46.html \
 	usr_90.html \
 	usr_toc.html \
 	various.html \
@@ -289,6 +294,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version8.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
+	vim9.html \
 	visual.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html
@@ -313,7 +319,11 @@ CONVERTED = \
 	evim-ru.UTF-8.1 \
 	vimdiff-ru.UTF-8.1 \
 	vimtutor-ru.UTF-8.1 \
-	xxd-ru.UTF-8.1
+	xxd-ru.UTF-8.1 \
+	vim-tr.UTF-8.1 \
+	evim-tr.UTF-8.1 \
+	vimdiff-tr.UTF-8.1 \
+	vimtutor-tr.UTF-8.1
 
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o .txt .html
@@ -323,10 +333,7 @@ all: tags vim.man evim.man vimdiff.man vimtutor.man xxd.man $(CONVERTED)
 # Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
 # compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
 vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	@if command -v $(VIMEXE); then \
+	@$(VIMEXE) --clean -esX -V1 -u doctags.vim
-	    $(VIMEXE) --clean -eX -u doctags.vim >/dev/null && \
-	      echo "help tags updated"; \
-	  else echo "vim executable $(VIMEXE) not found; help tags not updated"; fi
 
 # Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
 tags: doctags $(DOCS)
@@ -423,6 +430,9 @@ os_beos.txt:
 os_dos.txt:
 	touch os_dos.txt
 
+os_haiku.txt:
+	touch os_haiku.txt
+
 os_mac.txt:
 	touch os_mac.txt
 
@@ -505,3 +515,15 @@ vimtutor-ru.UTF-8.1: vimtutor-ru.1
 
 xxd-ru.UTF-8.1: xxd-ru.1
 	iconv -f KOI8-R -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+vim-tr.UTF-8.1: vim-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+evim-tr.UTF-8.1: evim-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+vimdiff-tr.UTF-8.1: vimdiff-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+vimtutor-tr.UTF-8.1: vimtutor-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 11
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -374,9 +374,13 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 
 |MenuPopup|		just before showing the popup menu
 |CompleteChanged|	after Insert mode completion menu changed
-|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done
+|CompleteDonePre|	after Insert mode completion is done, before clearing
+			info
+|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done, after clearing
+			info
 
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
+|SigUSR1|		after the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected
 
 
 The alphabetical list of autocommand events:		*autocmd-events-abc*
@@ -589,8 +593,8 @@ ColorSchemePre			Before loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				After each time the Insert mode completion
 				menu changed.  Not fired on popup menu hide,
-				use |CompleteDone| for that.  Never triggered
+				use |CompleteDonePre| or |CompleteDone| for
-				recursively.
+				that.  Never triggered recursively.
 
 				Sets these |v:event| keys:
 				    completed_item	See |complete-items|.
@@ -606,10 +610,22 @@ CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				The size and position of the popup are also
 				available by calling |pum_getpos()|.
 
+							*CompleteDonePre*
+CompleteDonePre			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
+				when something was completed or abandoning
+				completion. |ins-completion|
+				|complete_info()| can be used, the info is
+				cleared after triggering CompleteDonePre.
+				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
+				information about the completed item.
+
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 				when something was completed or abandoning
 				completion. |ins-completion|
+				|complete_info()| cannot be used, the info is
+				cleared before triggering CompleteDone.  Use
+				CompleteDonePre if you need it.
 				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
 				information about the completed item.
 
@@ -639,7 +655,7 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				Hint: to force an update of the status lines
 				use: >
 					:let &ro = &ro
-<				{only on Amiga, Unix, Win32, MSDOS and all GUI
+<				{only on Amiga, Unix, Win32 and all GUI
 				versions}
 							*CursorHoldI*
 CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
@@ -1138,11 +1154,14 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 						register.
 				   regtype	Type of the register, see
 						|getregtype()|.
+				   visual	True if the operation is
+						performed on a |Visual| area.
 				Not triggered when |quote_| is used nor when
 				called recursively.
 				It is not allowed to change the buffer text,
 				see |textlock|.
 				{only when compiled with the +eval feature}
+
 							*User*
 User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				autocommands that are only executed with
@@ -1151,6 +1170,15 @@ User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				used while there are no matching autocommands,
 				you will get an error.  If you don't want
 				that, define a dummy autocommand yourself.
+
+							*SigUSR1*
+SigUSR1				After the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected.
+				Could be used if other ways of notifying Vim
+				are not feasible.  E.g. to check for the
+				result of a build that takes a long time, or
+				when a motion sensor is triggered.
+				{only on Unix}
+
 							*UserGettingBored*
 UserGettingBored		When the user presses the same key 42 times.
 				Just kidding! :-)
@@ -1289,8 +1317,8 @@ The pattern is interpreted like mostly used in file names:
 	[^ch]   match any character but 'c' and 'h'
 
 Note that for all systems the '/' character is used for path separator (even
-MS-DOS and OS/2).  This was done because the backslash is difficult to use
+for MS-Windows).  This was done because the backslash is difficult to use in a
-in a pattern and to make the autocommands portable across different systems.
+pattern and to make the autocommands portable across different systems.
 
 It is possible to use |pattern| items, but they may not work as expected,
 because of the translation done for the above.

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Sep 28
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ gR			Enter Virtual Replace mode: Each character you type
 			start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
 
 							*v_r*
-{Visual}["x]r{char}	Replace all selected characters by {char}.
+{Visual}r{char}		Replace all selected characters by {char}.
 
 							*v_C*
 {Visual}["x]C		Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ attack or other people reading your file).  When Vim exits the directory and
 all files in it are deleted.  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
 problems, the temp file is owned by the setuid user but the filter command
 probably runs as the original user.
-On MS-DOS and OS/2 the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
+On MS-Windows the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
 $TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP.
 For Unix the list of directories is: $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
 For MS-Windows the GetTempFileName() system function is used.
@@ -636,6 +636,8 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			|cmdline-ranges|.
 
 			See |:s_flags| for [flags].
+			The delimiter doesn't need to be /, see
+			|pattern-delimiter|.
 
 :[range]s[ubstitute] [flags] [count]
 :[range]&[&][flags] [count]					*:&*
@@ -775,7 +777,7 @@ This deletes "TESTING" from all lines, but only one per line.
 For compatibility with Vi these two exceptions are allowed:
 "\/{string}/" and "\?{string}?" do the same as "//{string}/r".
 "\&{string}&" does the same as "//{string}/".
-							*E146*
+						*pattern-delimiter* *E146*
 Instead of the '/' which surrounds the pattern and replacement string, you
 can use any other single-byte character, but not an alphanumeric character,
 '\', '"' or '|'.  This is useful if you want to include a '/' in the search
@@ -994,9 +996,9 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 5. Copying and moving text				*copy-move*
 
 							*quote*
-"{a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"}	Use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next delete, yank
+"{register}		Use {register} for next delete, yank or put.  Use
-			or put (use uppercase character to append with
+			an uppercase character to append with delete and yank.
-			delete and yank) ({.%#:} only work with put).
+			Registers ".", "%", "#" and ":" only work with put.
 
 							*:reg* *:registers*
 :reg[isters]		Display the type and contents of all numbered and
@@ -1456,7 +1458,7 @@ text.  Put it in your autoload directory, e.g. ~/.vim/autoload/format.vim: >
   func! format#Format()
     " only reformat on explicit gq command
     if mode() != 'n'
-      " fall back to Vims internal reformatting
+      " fall back to Vim's internal reformatting
       return 1
     endif
     let lines = getline(v:lnum, v:lnum + v:count - 1)
@@ -1686,6 +1688,10 @@ B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multi-byte
 	characters.  Overruled by the 'M' flag.
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
+]	Respect textwidth rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
+	longer than textwidth, unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
+	impossible.  Mainly for CJK scripts and works only if 'encoding' is
+	"utf-8".
 j	Where it makes sense, remove a comment leader when joining lines.  For
 	example, joining:
 		int i;   // the index ~

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,6 +120,9 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 
 {address} has the form "hostname:port".  E.g., "localhost:8765".
 
+When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
+"[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+
 {options} is a dictionary with optional entries:	*channel-open-options*
 
 "mode" can be:						*channel-mode*
@@ -621,6 +624,9 @@ ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		{address} has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
 		"localhost:8765".
 
+		When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.
+		E.g., "[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+
 		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
 		See |channel-open-options|.
 
@@ -1229,8 +1235,8 @@ If you want to type input for the job in a Vim window you have a few options:
 - Use a terminal window.  This works well if what you type goes directly to
   the job and the job output is directly displayed in the window.
   See |terminal-window|.
-- Use a prompt window. This works well when entering a line for the job in Vim
+- Use a window with a prompt buffer. This works well when entering a line for
-  while displaying (possibly filtered) output from the job.
+  the job in Vim while displaying (possibly filtered) output from the job.
 
 A prompt buffer is created by setting 'buftype' to "prompt". You would
 normally only do that in a newly created buffer.
@@ -1264,5 +1270,46 @@ Any command that starts Insert mode, such as "a", "i", "A" and "I", will move
 the cursor to the last line.  "A" will move to the end of the line, "I" to the
 start of the line.
 
+Here is an example for Unix.  It starts a shell in the background and prompts
+for the next shell command.  Output from the shell is displayed above the
+prompt. >
+
+	" Create a channel log so we can see what happens.
+	call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')
+
+	" Function handling a line of text has been typed.
+	func TextEntered(text)
+	  " Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
+	  call ch_sendraw(g:shell_job, a:text .. "\n")
+	endfunc
+		
+	" Function handling output from the shell: Added above the prompt.
+	func GotOutput(channel, msg)
+	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " . a:msg)
+	endfunc
+
+	" Function handling the shell exist: close the window.
+	func JobExit(job, status)
+	  quit!
+	endfunc
+
+	" Start a shell in the background.
+	let shell_job = job_start(["/bin/sh"], #{
+		\ out_cb: function('GotOutput'),
+		\ err_cb: function('GotOutput'),
+		\ exit_cb: function('JobExit'),
+		\ })
+	let shell_ch = job_getchannel(shell_job)
+
+	new
+	set buftype=prompt
+	let buf = bufnr('')
+	call prompt_setcallback(buf, function("TextEntered"))
+	eval prompt_setprompt(buf, "shell command: ")
+
+	" start accepting shell commands
+	startinsert
+<
+
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  Up to three digits form the
 		decimal value of a single byte.  The non-digit and the three
 		digits are not considered for mapping.  This works the same
 		way as in Insert mode (see above, |i_CTRL-V|).
-		Note: Under Windows CTRL-V is often mapped to paste text.
+		Note: Under MS-Windows CTRL-V is often mapped to paste text.
 		Use CTRL-Q instead then.
 		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
 		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
@@ -476,6 +476,10 @@ emulate it.  For example, this mimics autolist=ambiguous:
 This will find the longest match with the first 'wildchar', then list all
 matching files with the next.
 
+					*complete-script-local-functions*
+When completing user function names, prepend "s:" to find script-local
+functions.
+
 							*suffixes*
 For file name completion you can use the 'suffixes' option to set a priority
 between files with almost the same name.  If there are multiple matches,
@@ -586,6 +590,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :command
     :cscope
     :debug
+    :eval
     :folddoopen
     :folddoclosed
     :function
@@ -610,6 +615,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :tcl
     :tcldo
     :tclfile
+    :terminal
     :vglobal
     :windo
     :write !
@@ -933,8 +939,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		directory.
 	:.	Reduce file name to be relative to current directory, if
 		possible.  File name is unmodified if it is not below the
-		current directory, but on MS-Windows the drive is removed if
+		current directory.
-		it is the current drive.
 		For maximum shortness, use ":~:.".
 	:h	Head of the file name (the last component and any separators
 		removed).  Cannot be used with :e, :r or :t.
@@ -943,9 +948,9 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		separator is removed.  Thus ":p:h" on a directory name results
 		on the directory name itself (without trailing slash).
 		When the file name is an absolute path (starts with "/" for
-		Unix; "x:\" for MS-DOS, WIN32, OS/2; "drive:" for Amiga), that
+		Unix; "x:\" for Win32; "drive:" for Amiga), that part is not
-		part is not removed.  When there is no head (path is relative
+		removed.  When there is no head (path is relative to current
-		to current directory) the result is empty.
+		directory) the result is empty.
 	:t	Tail of the file name (last component of the name).  Must
 		precede any :r or :e.
 	:r	Root of the file name (the last extension removed).  When
@@ -1042,12 +1047,12 @@ option contains "sh", this is done twice, to avoid the shell trying to expand
 the "!".
 
 							*filename-backslash*
-For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (MS-DOS, Windows,
+For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (MS-Windows), it's
-OS/2), it's a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used to escape
+a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used to escape the special
-the special meaning of the next character.  The general rule is: If the
+meaning of the next character.  The general rule is: If the backslash is
-backslash is followed by a normal file name character, it does not have a
+followed by a normal file name character, it does not have a special meaning.
-special meaning.  Therefore "\file\foo" is a valid file name, you don't have
+Therefore "\file\foo" is a valid file name, you don't have to type the
-to type the backslash twice.
+backslash twice.
 
 An exception is the '$' sign.  It is a valid character in a file name.  But
 to avoid a file name like "$home" to be interpreted as an environment variable,

runtime/doc/debugger.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06
+*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ For the debugger running in a Vim terminal window see |terminal-debugger|.
 
 1. Debugger Features		|debugger-features|
 2. Vim Compile Options		|debugger-compilation|
-3. Integrated Debuggers		|debugger-integration|
-
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Debugger Features					*debugger-features*
@@ -114,10 +112,10 @@ other settings apply.
 ==============================================================================
 2. Vim Compile Options					*debugger-compilation*
 
-The debugger features were added explicitly for use with Sun's Visual
+The debugger features were added for use with Sun's Visual WorkShop Integrated
-WorkShop Integrated Programming Environment (ipe).  However, they were done
+Programming Environment (ipe).  However, they were done in as generic a manner
-in as generic a manner as possible so that integration with other debuggers
+as possible so that integration with other debuggers could also use these
-could also use some or all of the tools used with Sun's ipe.
+features.
 
 The following compile time preprocessor variables control the features:
 
@@ -127,18 +125,10 @@ The following compile time preprocessor variables control the features:
     Message Footer				FEAT_FOOTER
     Balloon Evaluation				FEAT_BEVAL
 
-The first integration with a full IPE/IDE was with Sun Visual WorkShop.  To
+The support specifically for Sun Visual WorkShop has been removed, since the
-compile a gvim which interfaces with VWS set the following flag, which sets
+product no longer exists.
-all the above flags:
-
-    Sun Visual WorkShop				FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP
-
-==============================================================================
-3. Integrated Debuggers					*debugger-integration*
-
-One fully integrated debugger/IPE/IDE is Sun's Visual WorkShop Integrated
-Programming Environment.
 
 For Sun NetBeans support see |netbeans|.
 
+
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -151,7 +151,8 @@ VIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
   A satirical way to say this: "Unlike Emacs, Vim does not attempt to include
   everything but the kitchen sink, but some people say that you can clean one
   with it.  ;-)"
-  To use Vim with gdb see: http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
+  To use Vim with gdb see |terminal-debugger|.  Other (older) tools can be
+  found at http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
 - Vim is not a fancy GUI editor that tries to look nice at the cost of
   being less consistent over all platforms.  But functional GUI features are
   welcomed.

runtime/doc/doctags.vim

@@ -2,5 +2,12 @@
 "
 " Usage: vim -eX -u doctags.vim
 
-helptags ++t .
+try
+  helptags ++t .
+  echo 'help tags updated'
+catch
+  echo v:exception
+  echo 'help tags failed update'
+endtry
+echo ''
 qa!

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ You can use this file if you discover that you need the original file.  See
 also the 'patchmode' option.  The name of the backup file is normally the same
 as the original file with 'backupext' appended.  The default "~" is a bit
 strange to avoid accidentally overwriting existing files.  If you prefer ".bak"
-change the 'backupext' option.  Extra dots are replaced with '_' on MS-DOS
+change the 'backupext' option.  Extra dots are replaced with '_' on MS-Windows
 machines, when Vim has detected that an MS-DOS-like filesystem is being used
 (e.g., messydos or crossdos) or when the 'shortname' option is on.  The
 backup file can be placed in another directory by setting 'backupdir'.
@@ -331,10 +331,13 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
 							*gF*
 [count]gF		Same as "gf", except if a number follows the file
 			name, then the cursor is positioned on that line in
-			the file. The file name and the number must be
+			the file.
-			separated by a non-filename (see 'isfname') and
+			The file name and the number must be separated by a
-			non-numeric character. White space between the
+			non-filename (see 'isfname') and non-numeric
-			filename, the separator and the number are ignored.
+			character. " line " is also recognized, like it is
+			used in the output of `:verbose command UserCmd`
+			White space between the filename, the separator and
+			the number are ignored.
 			Examples:
 				eval.c:10 ~
 				eval.c @ 20 ~
@@ -472,6 +475,9 @@ This edits the same file again with 'fileformat' set to "unix". >
 	:w ++enc=latin1 newfile
 This writes the current buffer to "newfile" in latin1 format.
 
+The message given when writing a file will show "[converted]" when
+'fileencoding' or the value specified with ++enc differs from 'encoding'.
+
 There may be several ++opt arguments, separated by white space.  They must all
 appear before any |+cmd| argument.
 
@@ -519,9 +525,9 @@ The 'fileformat' option sets the <EOL> style for a file:
 Previously 'textmode' was used.  It is obsolete now.
 
 When reading a file, the mentioned characters are interpreted as the <EOL>.
-In DOS format (default for MS-DOS, OS/2 and Win32), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both
+In DOS format (default for Win32), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both interpreted as
-interpreted as the <EOL>.  Note that when writing the file in DOS format,
+the <EOL>.  Note that when writing the file in DOS format, <CR> characters
-<CR> characters will be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
+will be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
 
 When writing a file, the mentioned characters are used for <EOL>.  For DOS
 format <CR><NL> is used.  Also see |DOS-format-write|.
@@ -542,15 +548,16 @@ If you start editing a new file and the 'fileformats' option is not empty
 (which is the default), Vim will try to detect whether the lines in the file
 are separated by the specified formats.  When set to "unix,dos", Vim will
 check for lines with a single <NL> (as used on Unix and Amiga) or by a <CR>
-<NL> pair (MS-DOS).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is set
+<NL> pair (MS-Windows).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is
-to "dos", otherwise it is set to "unix".  When 'fileformats' includes "mac",
+set to "dos", otherwise it is set to "unix".  When 'fileformats' includes
-and no <NL> characters are found in the file, 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+"mac", and no <NL> characters are found in the file, 'fileformat' is set to
+"mac".
 
-If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-MS-DOS systems the message
+If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-MS-Windows systems the
-"[dos format]" is shown to remind you that something unusual is happening.  On
+message "[dos format]" is shown to remind you that something unusual is
-MS-DOS systems you get the message "[unix format]" if 'fileformat' is set to
+happening.  On MS-Windows systems you get the message "[unix format]" if
-"unix".  On all systems but the Macintosh you get the message "[mac format]"
+'fileformat' is set to "unix".  On all systems but the Macintosh you get the
-if 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+message "[mac format]" if 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 
 If the 'fileformats' option is empty and DOS format is used, but while reading
 a file some lines did not end in <CR><NL>, "[CR missing]" will be included in
@@ -1023,11 +1030,11 @@ lost the original file.
 
 						*DOS-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "dos", <CR> <NL> is used for <EOL>.  This is default
-for MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2.  On other systems the message "[dos format]" is
+for Win32.  On other systems the message "[dos format]" is shown to remind you
-shown to remind you that an unusual <EOL> was used.
+that an unusual <EOL> was used.
 						*Unix-format-write*
-If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On MS-DOS, Win32 and
+If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On Win32 the message
-OS/2 the message "[unix format]" is shown.
+"[unix format]" is shown.
 						*Mac-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "mac", <CR> is used for <EOL>.  On non-Mac systems the
 message "[mac format]" is shown.
@@ -1056,11 +1063,11 @@ When the file name is actually a device name, Vim will not make a backup (that
 would be impossible).  You need to use "!", since the device already exists.
 Example for Unix: >
 	:w! /dev/lpt0
-and for MS-DOS or MS-Windows: >
+and for MS-Windows: >
 	:w! lpt0
 For Unix a device is detected when the name doesn't refer to a normal file or
 a directory.  A fifo or named pipe also looks like a device to Vim.
-For MS-DOS and MS-Windows the device is detected by its name:
+For MS-Windows the device is detected by its name:
 	AUX
 	CON
 	CLOCK$
@@ -1075,9 +1082,9 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 
 							*:q* *:quit*
 :q[uit]			Quit the current window.  Quit Vim if this is the last
-			window.  This fails when changes have been made and
+			|edit-window|.  This fails when changes have been made
-			Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and when
+			and Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and
-			the last file in the argument list has not been
+			when the last file in the argument list has not been
 			edited.
 			If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
 			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
@@ -1103,18 +1110,22 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			|quickfix|).
 
 							*:wq*
-:wq [++opt]		Write the current file and quit.  Writing fails when
+:wq [++opt]		Write the current file and close the window.  If this
-			the file is read-only or the buffer does not have a
+			was the last |edit-window| Vim quits.
-			name.  Quitting fails when the last file in the
+			Writing fails when the file is read-only or the buffer
-			argument list has not been edited.
+			does not have a name.  Quitting fails when the last
+			file in the argument list has not been edited.
 
-:wq! [++opt]		Write the current file and quit.  Writing fails when
+:wq! [++opt]		Write the current file and close the window.  If this
-			the current buffer does not have a name.
+			was the last |edit-window| Vim quits.  Writing fails
+			when the current buffer does not have a name.
 
-:wq [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and quit.  Quitting fails when the
+:wq [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and close the window.  If this was the
+			last |edit-window| Vim quits.  Quitting fails when the
 			last file in the argument list has not been edited.
 
-:wq! [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and quit.
+:wq! [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and close the current window.  Quit
+			Vim if this was the last |edit-window|.
 
 :[range]wq[!] [++opt] [file]
 			Same as above, but only write the lines in [range].
@@ -1131,10 +1142,10 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			Same as :xit.
 
 							*ZZ*
-ZZ			Write current file, if modified, and quit (same as
+ZZ			Write current file, if modified, and close the current
-			":x").  (Note: If there are several windows for the
+			window (same as ":x").
-			current file, the file is written if it was modified
+			If there are several windows for the current file,
-			and the window is closed).
+			only the current window is closed.
 
 							*ZQ*
 ZQ			Quit without checking for changes (same as ":q!").
@@ -1294,7 +1305,7 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 			Does not change the meaning of an already opened file,
 			because its full path name is remembered.  Files from
 			the |arglist| may change though!
-			On MS-DOS this also changes the active drive.
+			On MS-Windows this also changes the active drive.
 			To change to the directory of the current file: >
 				:cd %:h
 <
@@ -1315,6 +1326,10 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 							*:tch* *:tchdir*
 :tch[dir][!]		Same as |:tcd|.
 
+							*:tcd-*
+:tcd[!] -		Change to the previous current directory, before the
+			last ":tcd {path}" command.
+
 							*:lc* *:lcd*
 :lc[d][!] {path}	Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory when
 			the cursor is in the current window.  The current
@@ -1324,9 +1339,28 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 							*:lch* *:lchdir*
 :lch[dir][!]		Same as |:lcd|.
 
+							*:lcd-*
+:lcd[!] -		Change to the previous current directory, before the
+			last ":lcd {path}" command.
+
 							*:pw* *:pwd* *E187*
 :pw[d]			Print the current directory name.
 			Also see |getcwd()|.
+							*:pwd-verbose*
+			When 'verbose' is non-zero, |:pwd| will also display
+			what scope the current directory was set. Example: >
+
+				" Set by :cd
+				:verbose pwd
+				[global] /path/to/current
+
+				" Set by :lcd
+				:verbose pwd
+				[window] /path/to/current
+
+				" Set by :tcd
+				:verbose pwd
+				[tabpage] /path/to/current
 
 So long as no |:lcd| or |:tcd| command has been used, all windows share the
 same current directory.  Using a command to jump to another window doesn't

runtime/doc/evim-tr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 <20>ubat 2002"
+.SH AD
+evim \- kolay Vim, bir dosyay<61> Vim ile herhangi bir kip olmadan d<>zenleyin
+.SH <EFBFBD>ZET
+.br
+.B evim
+[se<73>enekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B eview
+.SH TANIM
+.B eVim,
+.B Vim'i
+ba<EFBFBD>lat<EFBFBD>r ve onu herhangi bir kipsiz d<>zenleyici gibi davranmas<61>n<EFBFBD> sa<73>lar.
+Bu bildi<64>iniz Vim'dir, ancak bir t<>kla ve yaz d<>zenleyicisi gibi <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+Bir <20>rnek vermek gerekirse MS-Windows <20>zerindeki Not Defteri gibi d<><64><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>n.
+.B eVim
+men<EFBFBD>lere ve ara<72> <20>ubuklar<61>na eri<72>im sa<73>layabilmeniz i<>in grafik arabirimde <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca Vim ile normal bi<62>imde <20>al<61><6C>amayan ki<6B>ilerin kullan<61>m<EFBFBD> i<>indir.
+Dosya d<>zenleme i<>i <20>ok daha verimsiz olacakt<6B>r.
+.PP
+.B eview'<27>n
+ayn<EFBFBD>s<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>r, ancak saltokunur kipte ba<62>lar. evim \-R ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakk<6B>nda ayr<79>nt<6E>l<EFBFBD> bilgi i<>in: vim(1)
+.PP
+Do<EFBFBD>rudan metin giri<72>ini sa<73>layabilmek i<>in 'insertmode' se<73>ene<6E>i a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.br
+E<EFBFBD>lemlemeler Kopyala ve Yap<61><70>t<EFBFBD>r MS-Windows ile ayn<79> olacak bi<62>imde ayarlan<61>r.
+CTRL-X metni keser, CTRL-C metni kopyalar ve CTRL-V metni yap<61><70>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>r.
+CTRL-V'nin orijinal i<>levi i<>in CTRL-Q kullan<61>n.
+.SH SE<EFBFBD>ENEKLER
+Bilgi i<>in: vim(1).
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
+eVim'i ilklendirmek i<>in kullan<61>lan betik.
+.SH NAM-I D<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ER
+Nam-<2D> di<64>er "Lastik <20>izmeliler i<>in Vim" (Gumbies, Monty Python).
+eVim'i kullan<61>rken bir mendili al<61>p iki ucundan birer d<><64><EFBFBD>m yapman<61>z
+ve kafan<61>za takman<61>z beklenir.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+b<EFBFBD>y<EFBFBD>k <20>o<EFBFBD>unlu<6C>u Bram Moolenaar taraf<61>ndan ba<62>kalar<61>n<EFBFBD>n kayda de<64>er
+yard<EFBFBD>mlar<EFBFBD>yla yaz<61>lm<6C><6D>t<EFBFBD>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in Yard<72>m/Te<54>ekk<6B>rler men<65>s<EFBFBD>ne bak<61>n.

runtime/doc/evim-tr.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 Şubat 2002"
+.SH AD
+evim \- kolay Vim, bir dosyayı Vim ile herhangi bir kip olmadan düzenleyin
+.SH ÖZET
+.br
+.B evim
+[seçenekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B eview
+.SH TANIM
+.B eVim,
+.B Vim'i
+başlatır ve onu herhangi bir kipsiz düzenleyici gibi davranmasını sağlar.
+Bu bildiğiniz Vim'dir, ancak bir tıkla ve yaz düzenleyicisi gibi çalışır.
+Bir örnek vermek gerekirse MS-Windows üzerindeki Not Defteri gibi düşünün.
+.B eVim
+menülere ve araç çubuklarına erişim sağlayabilmeniz için grafik arabirimde çalışır.
+.PP
+Yalnızca Vim ile normal biçimde çalışamayan kişilerin kullanımı içindir.
+Dosya düzenleme işi çok daha verimsiz olacaktır.
+.PP
+.B eview'ün
+aynısıdır, ancak saltokunur kipte başlar. evim \-R ile de başlatılabilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakkında ayrıntılı bilgi için: vim(1)
+.PP
+Doğrudan metin girişini sağlayabilmek için 'insertmode' seçeneği açılır.
+.br
+Eşlemlemeler Kopyala ve Yapıştır MS-Windows ile aynı olacak biçimde ayarlanır.
+CTRL-X metni keser, CTRL-C metni kopyalar ve CTRL-V metni yapıştırır.
+CTRL-V'nin orijinal işlevi için CTRL-Q kullanın.
+.SH SEÇENEKLER
+Bilgi için: vim(1).
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
+eVim'i ilklendirmek için kullanılan betik.
+.SH NAM-I DİĞER
+Nam-ı diğer "Lastik Çizmeliler için Vim" (Gumbies, Monty Python).
+eVim'i kullanırken bir mendili alıp iki ucundan birer düğüm yapmanız
+ve kafanıza takmanız beklenir.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+büyük çoğunluğu Bram Moolenaar tarafından başkalarının kayda değer
+yardımlarıyla yazılmıştır.
+Ek bilgi için Yardım/Teşekkürler menüsüne bakın.

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ if you didn't do that already.
 Detail: The ":filetype on" command will load one of these files:
 		Amiga	    $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim
 		Mac	    $VIMRUNTIME:filetype.vim
-		MS-DOS	    $VIMRUNTIME\filetype.vim
+		MS-Windows  $VIMRUNTIME\filetype.vim
-		RiscOS	    Vim:Filetype
 		Unix	    $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim
 		VMS	    $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim
 	This file is a Vim script that defines autocommands for the
@@ -308,13 +307,13 @@ all loaded.  For example, if this command: >
 
 produces this output:
 
-	runtimepath=/etc/vim,~/.vim,/usr/local/share/vim/vim60 ~
+	runtimepath=/etc/vim,~/.vim,/usr/local/share/vim/vim82 ~
 
 then Vim will load all plugins in these directories and below:
 
 	/etc/vim/plugin/  ~
 	~/.vim/plugin/  ~
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim60/plugin/  ~
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim82/plugin/  ~
 
 Note that the last one is the value of $VIMRUNTIME which has been expanded.
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,12 +95,11 @@ terminal version.
 
 Recommended place for your personal GUI initializations:
 	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $HOME/.vim/gvimrc
-	OS/2		    $HOME/.gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+	Win32    	    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
-			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
-	MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/_gvimrc
 	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc, home:.gvimrc, home:vimfiles:gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
+	Haiku	            $HOME/config/settings/vim/gvimrc
 
 The personal initialization files are searched in the order specified above
 and only the first one that is found is read.
@@ -579,9 +578,11 @@ tooltips for menus. See |terminal-typing|.
 
 Special characters in a menu name:
 
+							*menu-shortcut*
 	&	The next character is the shortcut key.  Make sure each
 		shortcut key is only used once in a (sub)menu.  If you want to
 		insert a literal "&" in the menu name use "&&".
+							*menu-text*
 	<Tab>	Separates the menu name from right-aligned text.  This can be
 		used to show the equivalent typed command.  The text "<Tab>"
 		can be used here for convenience.  If you are using a real
@@ -854,6 +855,8 @@ Special characters in the list, just before the rhs:
 *	The menu was defined with "nore" to disallow remapping.
 &	The menu was defined with "<script>" to allow remapping script-local
 	mappings only.
+s	The menu was defined with "<silent>" to avoid showing what it is
+	mapped to when triggered.
 -	The menu was disabled.
 
 Note that hitting <Tab> while entering a menu name after a menu command may
@@ -955,7 +958,7 @@ item for the keyword under the cursor.  The register "z" is used. >
 mappings, or put these lines in your gvimrc; "<C-R>" is CTRL-R, "<CR>" is
 the <CR> key.  |<>|)
 
-
+							*tooltips* *menu-tips*
 5.8 Tooltips & Menu tips
 
 See section |42.4| in the user manual.

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ when you have got a new version):
 You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
 1. Start a Windows Explorer
 2. Navigate to your sendto directory:
-   Windows NT: %windir%\profiles\%user%\sendto (e.g.
-	       "c:\winnt\profiles\mattha\sendto")
    Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\%user%\SendTo
    Windows Vista: C:\Users\%user%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\SendTo .
 3. Right-click in the file pane and select New->Shortcut
@@ -115,7 +113,8 @@ You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
 
 When you 'send a file to Vim', Vim changes to that file's directory.  Note,
 however, that any long directory names will appear in their short (MS-DOS)
-form.  This is a limitation of the Windows "Send To" mechanism.
+form on some Windows versions.  This is a limitation of the Windows "Send To"
+mechanism.
 
 						*notepad*
 You could replace notepad.exe with gvim.exe, but that has a few side effects.
@@ -169,8 +168,8 @@ you can.
 					    Vim Shell Extension
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vim\Gvim
 		path			    {path}\gvim.exe
-   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 5.6
+   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 8.2
-		DisplayName		    Vim 5.6: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
+		DisplayName		    Vim 8.2: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
 		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstall.exe
 
    Replace {path} with the path that leads to the executable.
@@ -200,7 +199,7 @@ With..." menu.  This means you can use Vim to edit many files.  Not every file
 One reason to add this is to be able to edit HTML files directly from Internet
 Explorer.  To enable this use the "Tools" menu, "Internet Options..." entry.
 In the dialog select the "Programs" tab and select Vim in the "HTML editor"
-choice.  If it's not there than installing didn't work properly.
+choice.  If it's not there then installing didn't work properly.
 
 Doing this manually can be done with this script:
 
@@ -214,7 +213,7 @@ REGEDIT4
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit]
 
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit\command]
-@="c:\\vim\\vim62\\gvim.exe \"%1\""
+@="c:\\vim\\vim82\\gvim.exe \"%1\""
 
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\gvim.exe]
 
@@ -222,7 +221,7 @@ REGEDIT4
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------
 
-Change the "c:\\vim\\vim62" bit to where gvim.exe is actually located.
+Change the "c:\\vim\\vim82" bit to where gvim.exe is actually located.
 
 To uninstall this run the Vim uninstall program or manually delete the
 registry entries with "regedit".
@@ -457,8 +456,12 @@ See the Make_mvc.mak file for instructions, search for XPM.
 
 To try out if XPM support works do this: >
 	:help
-	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' . $VIMRUNTIME . '\\vim16x16.xpm'
+	:let runtime = escape($VIMRUNTIME, ' \')
-	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' . expand('%:p')
+	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' .. runtime .. '\\vim16x16.xpm'
+	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' .. expand('%:p')
 <
+You may need to get the vim16x16.xpm file from github:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vim16x16.xpm
+
 
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -356,6 +356,9 @@ need to set those up in some sort of gtkrc file.  You'll have to refer
 to the GTK documentation, however little there is, on how to do this.
 See http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/gtk-Resource-Files.html
 for more information.
+							*gtk3-slow*
+If you are using GTK3 and Vim appears to be slow, try setting the environment
+variable $GDK_RENDERING to "image".
 
 
 Tooltip Colors ~

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 05
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
 
-  Getting started:  Do the Vim tutor, a 20 minute interactive training for the
+  Getting started:  Do the Vim tutor, a 30-minute interactive course for the
 		    basic commands, see |vimtutor|.
 		    Read the user manual from start to end: |usr_01.txt|
 
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ through the help of many others.  See |credits|.
 						*doc-file-list* *Q_ct*
 BASIC:
 |quickref|	Overview of the most common commands you will use
-|tutor|		20 minutes training course for beginners
+|tutor|		30-minute interactive course for beginners
 |copying|	About copyrights
 |iccf|		Helping poor children in Uganda
 |sponsor|	Sponsor Vim development, become a registered Vim user
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |remote.txt|	using Vim as a server or client
 |term.txt|	using different terminals and mice
 |terminal.txt|	Terminal window support
-|popup.txt|	popop window support
+|popup.txt|	popup window support
 
 Programming language support ~
 |indent.txt|	automatic indenting for C and other languages
@@ -197,7 +197,8 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_390.txt|	OS/390 Unix
 |os_amiga.txt|	Amiga
 |os_beos.txt|	BeOS and BeBox
-|os_dos.txt|	MS-DOS and MS-Windows NT/95 common items
+|os_dos.txt|	MS-DOS and MS-Windows common items
+|os_haiku.txt|	Haiku
 |os_mac.txt|	Macintosh
 |os_mint.txt|	Atari MiNT
 |os_msdos.txt|	MS-DOS (plain DOS and DOS box under Windows)
@@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_risc.txt|	RISC-OS
 |os_unix.txt|	Unix
 |os_vms.txt|	VMS
-|os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows 95/98/NT
+|os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Oct 18
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -368,4 +368,15 @@ highlighting.  So do these:
 
 You can find the details in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/help.vim
 
+							*inclusion*
+Some people make a big deal about using "his" when referring to the user,
+thinking it means we assume the user is male.  That is of course not the case,
+it's just a habit of writing help text, which quite often is many years old.
+Also, a lot of the text is written by contributors for who English is not
+their first language.  We do not make any assumptions about the gender of the
+user, no matter how the text is phrased.  And we do not want to waste time on
+this discussion.  The goal is that the reader understands how Vim works, the
+exact wording is secondary.
+
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Examples:
 	:lua local curbuf = vim.buffer() curbuf[7] = "line #7"
 <
 
-:[range]lua << [endmarker]
+:[range]lua << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Lua script {script}.
@@ -40,10 +40,9 @@ Examples:
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-The {endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-
 If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
-{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+|:let-heredoc| for more information.
 
 This form of the |:lua| command is mainly useful for including Lua code
 in Vim scripts.
@@ -200,6 +199,15 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 				returns it. Note that the buffer is not set as
 				current.
 
+	vim.call({name} [,{args}])
+				Proxy to call Vim function named {name} with 
+				arguments {args}.  Example: >
+					:lua print(vim.call('has', 'timers'))
+<
+	vim.fn			Proxy to call Vim functions. Proxy methods are
+				created on demand.  Example: >
+					:lua print(vim.fn.has('timers'))
+<
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. List userdata					*lua-list*

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 :[range]mz[scheme] {stmt}
 			Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}.
 
-:[range]mz[scheme] << [endmarker]
+:[range]mz[scheme] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute inlined MzScheme script {script}.
@@ -47,12 +47,11 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-			The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be
-			preceded by any white space.
-
 			If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot
 			'.' must be used after {script}, like for the
-			|:append| and |:insert| commands.
+			|:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+			|:let-heredoc| for more information.
+
 
 							*:mzfile* *:mzf*
 :[range]mzf[ile] {file}	Execute the MzScheme script in {file}.

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative.
 			working: >
 				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
-:pe[rl] << [endmarker]
+:pe[rl] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Perl script {script}.

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			the `:python` command is working: >
 				:python print "Hello"
 
-:[range]py[thon] << [endmarker]
+:[range]py[thon] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Python script {script}.
@@ -42,10 +42,9 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-
 If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
-{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+|:let-heredoc| for more information.
 
 This form of the |:python| command is mainly useful for including python code
 in Vim scripts.
@@ -768,12 +767,12 @@ match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was compiled with.
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
 :[range]py3 {stmt}
-:[range]py3 << [endmarker]
+:[range]py3 << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 
 :[range]python3 {stmt}
-:[range]python3 << [endmarker]
+:[range]python3 << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 	The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -28,15 +28,15 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 :rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
 				:ruby print "Hello"
 
-:rub[y] << [endmarker]
+:rub[y] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Ruby script {script}.
-			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
-			any white space.
 
 			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
-			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer
+			to |:let-heredoc| for more information.
+
 
 			This form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
 			including ruby code in vim scripts.

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			is working: >
 				:tcl puts "Hello"
 
-:[range]tc[l] << [endmarker]
+:[range]tc[l] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Tcl script {script}.
@@ -38,10 +38,9 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-
 If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
-{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+|:let-heredoc| for more information.
 
 This form of the |:tcl| command is mainly useful for including tcl code in Vim
 scripts.

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -570,9 +570,15 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 	      with "#" does not work.
 
 
+	PN    When N is non-zero recognize C pragmas, and indent them like any
+	      other code; does not concern other preprocessor directives.
+	      When N is zero (default): don't recognize C pragmas, treating
+	      them like every other preprocessor directive.
+
+
 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
 	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,N0,E0,ps,ts,is,+s,
-			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
+			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0,P0
 
 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
 - It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#0'.

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -73,6 +73,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 				the cursor
 |i_CTRL-Q|	CTRL-Q		same as CTRL-V, unless used for terminal
 				control flow
+|i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q|  CTRL-SHIFT-Q {char}
+				like CTRL-Q unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active
 |i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register
 |i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}
@@ -83,12 +85,14 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and fix indent.
-		CTRL-S		(used for terminal control flow)
+		CTRL-S		not used or used for terminal control flow
 |i_CTRL-T|	CTRL-T		insert one shiftwidth of indent in current
 				line
 |i_CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		delete all entered characters in the current
 				line
 |i_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V {char}	insert next non-digit literally
+|i_CTRL-SHIFT-V|  CTRL-SHIFT-V {char}
+				like CTRL-V unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active
 |i_CTRL-V_digit| CTRL-V {number} insert three digit decimal number as a single
 				byte.
 |i_CTRL-W|	CTRL-W		delete word before the cursor
@@ -216,9 +220,9 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-N|	CTRL-N		1  same as "j"
 |CTRL-O|	CTRL-O		1  go to N older entry in jump list
 |CTRL-P|	CTRL-P		1  same as "k"
-		CTRL-Q		   (used for terminal control flow)
+		CTRL-Q		   not used, or used for terminal control flow
 |CTRL-R|	CTRL-R		2  redo changes which were undone with 'u'
-		CTRL-S		   (used for terminal control flow)
+		CTRL-S		   not used, or used for terminal control flow
 |CTRL-T|	CTRL-T		   jump to N older Tag in tag list
 |CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		   scroll N lines Upwards (default: half a
 				   screen)
@@ -242,8 +246,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				2  filter Nmove text through the {filter}
 				   command
 |!!|		!!{filter}	2  filter N lines through the {filter} command
-|quote|		"{a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"}  use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next
+|quote|		"{register}  	   use {register} for next delete, yank or put
-				   delete, yank or put (uppercase to append)
 				   ({.%#:} only work with put)
 |#|		#		1  search backward for the Nth occurrence of
 				   the ident under the cursor
@@ -361,8 +364,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   register x]
 |Y|		["x]Y		   yank N lines [into register x]; synonym for
 				   "yy"
-|ZZ|		ZZ		   store current file if modified, and exit
+|ZZ|		ZZ		   write if buffer changed and close window
-|ZQ|		ZQ		   exit current file always
+|ZQ|		ZQ		   close window without writing
 |[|		[{char}		   square bracket command (see |[| below)
 		\		   not used
 |]|		]{char}		   square bracket command (see |]| below)
@@ -825,7 +828,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zD|		zD		   delete folds recursively
 |zE|		zE		   eliminate all folds
 |zF|		zF		   create a fold for N lines
-|zG|		zG		   mark word as good spelled word
+|zG|		zG		   temporarily mark word as correctly spelled
 |zH|		zH		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
 				   to the right
 |zL|		zL		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
@@ -834,7 +837,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zN|		zN		   set 'foldenable'
 |zO|		zO		   open folds recursively
 |zR|		zR		   set 'foldlevel' to the deepest fold
-|zW|		zW		   mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
+|zW|		zW		   temporarily mark word as incorrectly spelled
 |zX|		zX		   re-apply 'foldlevel'
 |z^|		z^		   cursor on line N (default line above
 				   window), otherwise like "z-"
@@ -846,7 +849,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   position the cursor at the end (right side)
 				   of the screen
 |zf|		zf{motion}	   create a fold for Nmove text
-|zg|		zg		   mark word as good spelled word
+|zg|		zg		   permanently mark word as correctly spelled
 |zh|		zh		   when 'wrap' off scroll screen N characters
 				   to the right
 |zi|		zi		   toggle 'foldenable'
@@ -867,7 +870,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zuW|		zuW		   undo |zW|
 |zuG|		zuG		   undo |zG|
 |zv|		zv		   open enough folds to view the cursor line
-|zw|		zw		   mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
+|zw|		zw		   permanently mark word as incorrectly spelled
 |zx|		zx		   re-apply 'foldlevel' and do "zv"
 |zz|		zz		   redraw, cursor line at center of window
 |z<Left>|	z<Left>		   same as "zh"
@@ -1053,7 +1056,7 @@ tag		command		action in Command-line editing mode	~
 |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {regname}
 				insert the contents of a register or object
 				under the cursor literally
-		CTRL-S		(used for terminal control flow)
+		CTRL-S		not used, or used for terminal control flow
 |c_CTRL-T|	CTRL-T		previous match when 'incsearch' is active
 |c_CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		remove all characters
 |c_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V		insert next non-digit literally, insert three
@@ -1111,7 +1114,7 @@ tag		char		action in Terminal-Job mode	~
 |t_CTRL-W_:|	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
 |t_CTRL-W_.|	CTRL-W .	type CTRL-W in the terminal
 		CTRL-W CTRL-\	send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
-|t_CTRL-W_quote|  CTRL-W " {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|t_CTRL-W_quote|  CTRL-W " {register}
 				paste register in the terminal
 |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| CTRL-W CTRL-C	forcefully ends the job
 |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W| CTRL-W CTRL-W	move focus to the next window
@@ -1256,11 +1259,13 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:cunmenu|	:cunme[nu]	remove menu for Command-line mode
 |:cwindow|	:cw[indow]	open or close quickfix window
 |:delete|	:d[elete]	delete lines
-|:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks
 |:debug|	:deb[ug]	run a command in debugging mode
 |:debuggreedy|	:debugg[reedy]	read debug mode commands from normal input
+|:def|		:def		define a Vim9 user function
+|:defcompile|	:defc[ompile]	compile Vim9 user functions in current script
 |:delcommand|	:delc[ommand]	delete user-defined command
 |:delfunction|	:delf[unction]	delete a user function
+|:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks
 |:diffupdate|	:dif[fupdate]	update 'diff' buffers
 |:diffget|	:diffg[et]	remove differences in current buffer
 |:diffoff|	:diffo[ff]	switch off diff mode
@@ -1270,9 +1275,9 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:diffthis|	:diffthis	make current window a diff window
 |:digraphs|	:dig[raphs]	show or enter digraphs
 |:display|	:di[splay]	display registers
+|:disassemble|	:disa[ssemble]	disassemble Vim9 user function
 |:djump|	:dj[ump]	jump to #define
 |:dl|		:dl		short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
-|:del|		:del[ete]l	short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
 |:dlist|	:dli[st]	list #defines
 |:doautocmd|	:do[autocmd]	apply autocommands to current buffer
 |:doautoall|	:doautoa[ll]	apply autocommands for all loaded buffers
@@ -1291,15 +1296,17 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:else|		:el[se]		part of an :if command
 |:elseif|	:elsei[f]	part of an :if command
 |:emenu|	:em[enu]	execute a menu by name
+|:enddef|	:enddef		end of a user function started with :def
 |:endif|	:en[dif]	end previous :if
 |:endfor|	:endfo[r]	end previous :for
-|:endfunction|	:endf[unction]	end of a user function
+|:endfunction|	:endf[unction]	end of a user function started with :function
 |:endtry|	:endt[ry]	end previous :try
 |:endwhile|	:endw[hile]	end previous :while
 |:enew|		:ene[w]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
 |:ex|		:ex		same as ":edit"
 |:execute|	:exe[cute]	execute result of expressions
 |:exit|		:exi[t]		same as ":xit"
+|:export|	:exp[ort]	Vim9: export an item from a script
 |:exusage|	:exu[sage]	overview of Ex commands
 |:file|		:f[ile]		show or set the current file name
 |:files|	:files		list all files in the buffer list
@@ -1341,6 +1348,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:imap|		:im[ap]		like ":map" but for Insert mode
 |:imapclear|	:imapc[lear]	like ":mapclear" but for Insert mode
 |:imenu|	:ime[nu]	add menu for Insert mode
+|:import|	:imp[ort]	Vim9: import an item from another script
 |:inoremap|	:ino[remap]	like ":noremap" but for Insert mode
 |:inoreabbrev|	:inorea[bbrev]	like ":noreabbrev" but for Insert mode
 |:inoremenu|	:inoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Insert mode
@@ -1682,6 +1690,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	print version number and other info
 |:verbose|	:verb[ose]	execute command with 'verbose' set
 |:vertical|	:vert[ical]	make following command split vertically
+|:vim9script|	:vim9[script]	indicates Vim9 script file
 |:vimgrep|	:vim[grep]	search for pattern in files
 |:vimgrepadd|	:vimgrepa[dd]	like :vimgrep, but append to current list
 |:visual|	:vi[sual]	same as ":edit", but turns off "Ex" mode
@@ -1713,7 +1722,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:wqall|	:wqa[ll]	write all changed buffers and quit Vim
 |:wundo|	:wu[ndo]	write undo information to a file
 |:wviminfo|	:wv[iminfo]	write to viminfo file
-|:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim
+|:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and close window
 |:xall|		:xa[ll]		same as ":wqall"
 |:xmapclear|	:xmapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Visual mode
 |:xmap|		:xm[ap]		like ":map" but for Visual mode

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -154,6 +154,8 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below.
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
+		After this command, the '.' register contains the text from
+		the register as if it was inserted by typing it.
 
 CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
@@ -163,6 +165,9 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Does not replace characters!
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
+		After this command, the '.' register contains the command
+		typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^O" and not the
+		text from the register.
 
 CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the
@@ -170,6 +175,9 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Does not replace characters!
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
+		After this command, the '.' register contains the command
+		typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^P" and not the
+		text from the register.
 
 						*i_CTRL-T*
 CTRL-T		Insert one shiftwidth of indent at the start of the current
@@ -200,15 +208,15 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  For special keys, the
 		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
 		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
 
-						*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
-CTRL-SHIFT-V	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
-		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
-
 						*i_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.
 		Note: Some terminal connections may eat CTRL-Q, it doesn't
 		work then.  It does work in the GUI.
 
+CTRL-SHIFT-V				*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+
 CTRL-X		Enter CTRL-X mode.  This is a sub-mode where commands can
 		be given to complete words or scroll the window.  See
 		|i_CTRL-X| and |ins-completion|.
@@ -379,8 +387,8 @@ CTRL-\ CTRL-O	like CTRL-O but don't move the cursor	     *i_CTRL-\_CTRL-O*
 CTRL-L		when 'insertmode' is set: go to Normal mode  *i_CTRL-L*
 CTRL-G u	break undo sequence, start new change	     *i_CTRL-G_u*
 CTRL-G U	don't break undo with next left/right cursor *i_CTRL-G_U*
-		movement, if the cursor stays within
+		movement, if the cursor stays within the
-		same the line
+		same line
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Note: If the cursor keys take you out of Insert mode, check the 'noesckeys'
@@ -658,8 +666,10 @@ Note: The keys that are valid in CTRL-X mode are not mapped.  This allows for
 ends CTRL-X mode (any key that is not a valid CTRL-X mode command) is mapped.
 Also, when doing completion with 'complete' mappings apply as usual.
 
-Note: While completion is active Insert mode can't be used recursively.
+							*E578* *E565*
-Mappings that somehow invoke ":normal i.." will generate an E523 error.
+Note: While completion is active Insert mode can't be used recursively and
+buffer text cannot be changed.  Mappings that somehow invoke ":normal i.."
+will generate an E565 error.
 
 The following mappings are suggested to make typing the completion commands
 a bit easier (although they will hide other commands): >
@@ -1079,7 +1089,8 @@ If you want to suppress the warning message for an empty result, return
 
 Other items are ignored.
 
-For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDone| autocommand event.
+For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDonePre| and
+|CompleteDone| autocommand event.
 
 For example, the function can contain this: >
 	let matches = ... list of words ...
@@ -1108,7 +1119,8 @@ items:
 	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
 			an empty string
 	user_data 	custom data which is associated with the item and
-			available in |v:completed_item|
+			available in |v:completed_item|; it can be any type;
+			defaults to an empty string
 
 All of these except "icase", "equal", "dup" and "empty" must be a string.  If
 an item does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and
@@ -2008,11 +2020,11 @@ If the 'fileformats' option is not empty Vim tries to recognize the type of
 changed, the detected format is only used while reading the file.
 A similar thing happens with 'fileencodings'.
 
-On non-MS-DOS, Win32, and OS/2 systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if
+On non-Win32 systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if a file is read in
-a file is read in DOS format, to remind you that something unusual is done.
+DOS format, to remind you that something unusual is done.
-On Macintosh, MS-DOS, Win32, and OS/2 the message "[unix format]" is shown if
+On Macintosh and Win32 the message "[unix format]" is shown if a file is read
-a file is read in Unix format.
+in Unix format.
-On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[Mac format]" is shown if a file is
+On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[mac format]" is shown if a file is
 read in Mac format.
 
 An example on how to use ":r !": >

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 11
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -121,14 +121,16 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
-There are two ways to report bugs, both work:
+There are three ways to report bugs:
-1. Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
+1. Open an issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
+   The text will be forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.
+2. For issues with runtime files, look in the header for an email address or
+   any other way to report it to the maintainer.
+3. Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
    This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will
    see the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security
    issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer
    (that's Bram).
-2. Open an issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
-   The text will be forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.
 
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible

runtime/doc/makehtml.awk

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ substr($0,length($0),1) == "~" { print "<B><FONT COLOR=\"PURPLE\">" substr($0,1,
 #
 #ad hoc code
 #
-/^"\|\& / {gsub(/\|/,"\\&#124;"); }
+/^"\|& / {gsub(/\|/,"\\&#124;"); }
 / = b / {gsub(/ b /," \\&#98; "); }
 #
 # one letter tag

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 09
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -845,8 +845,9 @@ Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
 
 A known side effect effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is
 inserted after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether
-modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-V CTRL-V, if you get
+modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-SHIFT-V CTRL-V, if you
-one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+get one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is
+on.
 
 When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
 Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
@@ -1044,7 +1045,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			See |:map-<buffer>| for the optional <buffer> argument.
 
 						*:una* *:unabbreviate*
-:una[bbreviate] {lhs}	Remove abbreviation for {lhs} from the list.  If none
+:una[bbreviate] [<buffer>] {lhs}
+			Remove abbreviation for {lhs} from the list.  If none
 			is found, remove abbreviations in which {lhs} matches
 			with the {rhs}.  This is done so that you can even
 			remove abbreviations after expansion.  To avoid
@@ -1059,7 +1061,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			Same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only.
 
 						*:cuna* *:cunabbrev*
-:cuna[bbrev] {lhs}	Same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only.
+:cuna[bbrev] [<buffer>] {lhs}
+			Same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only.
 
 						*:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev*
 :cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
@@ -1071,7 +1074,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			Same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only.
 
 						*:iuna* *:iunabbrev*
-:iuna[bbrev] {lhs}	Same as ":una", but for insert mode only.
+:iuna[bbrev] [<buffer>] {lhs}
+			Same as ":una", but for insert mode only.
 
 						*:inorea* *:inoreabbrev*
 :inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
@@ -1488,7 +1492,7 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<bang>	(See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
 		command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
 		expands to nothing.
-						*<mods>*
+						*<mods>* *:command-modifiers*
 	<mods>  The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
 		nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
 		|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:keepalt|,

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Oct 19
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ See `:messages` above.
 LIST OF MESSAGES
 			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E256* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
-			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E950*  >
+			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292*  >
   Add to read buffer
   makemap: Illegal mode
   Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 :lan[guage] mes[sages]
 :lan[guage] cty[pe]
 :lan[guage] tim[e]
+:lan[guage] col[late]
 			Print the current language (aka locale).
 			With the "messages" argument the language used for
 			messages is printed.  Technical: LC_MESSAGES.
@@ -44,15 +45,19 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			character encoding is printed.  Technical: LC_CTYPE.
 			With the "time" argument the language used for
 			strftime() is printed.  Technical: LC_TIME.
+			With the "collate" argument the language used for
+			collation order is printed.  Technical: LC_COLLATE.
 			Without argument all parts of the locale are printed
 			(this is system dependent).
 			The current language can also be obtained with the
-			|v:lang|, |v:ctype| and |v:lc_time| variables.
+			|v:lang|, |v:ctype|, |v:collate| and |v:lc_time|
+			variables.
 
 :lan[guage] {name}
 :lan[guage] mes[sages] {name}
 :lan[guage] cty[pe] {name}
 :lan[guage] tim[e] {name}
+:lan[guage] col[late] {name}
 			Set the current language (aka locale) to {name}.
 			The locale {name} must be a valid locale on your
 			system.  Some systems accept aliases like "en" or
@@ -72,7 +77,10 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			With the "time" argument the language used for time
 			and date messages is set.  This affects strftime().
 			This sets $LC_TIME.
-			Without an argument both are set, and additionally
+			With the "collate" argument the language used for the
+			collation order is set.  This affects sorting of
+			characters. This sets $LC_COLLATE.
+			Without an argument all are set, and additionally
 			$LANG is set.
 			When compiled with the |+float| feature the LC_NUMERIC
 			value will always be set to "C", so that floating

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -40,21 +40,26 @@ or environment providing a socket interface can control Vim using this
 protocol. There are existing implementations in C, C++, Python and Java. The
 name NetBeans is kept today for historical reasons.
 
-Current projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are:
+Active project using the NetBeans protocol of Vim:
-- VimIntegration, description of various projects doing Vim Integration:
+- Eclim, http://eclim.org/
+
+VimIntegration, description of various projects doing Vim Integration:
 	http://www.freehackers.org/VimIntegration
-- Agide, an IDE for the AAP project, written in Python:
+
-	http://www.a-a-p.org
+Projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are or were:
+- Agide, an IDE for the AAP project, written in Python (now replaced by
+  |:Termdebug|): http://www.a-a-p.org
 - Clewn, a gdb integration into Vim, written in C:
 	http://clewn.sourceforge.net/
 - Pyclewn, a gdb integration into Vim, written in Python:
 	http://pyclewn.sourceforge.net/
+- VimWrapper, library to easy Vim integration into IDE:
+	http://www.freehackers.org/VimWrapper
+Outdated projects (links don't work):
 - VimPlugin, integration of Vim inside Eclipse:
 	http://vimplugin.sourceforge.net/wiki/pmwiki.php
 - PIDA, IDE written in Python integrating Vim:
 	http://pida.co.uk/
-- VimWrapper, library to easy Vim integration into IDE:
-	http://www.freehackers.org/VimWrapper
 
 Check the specific project pages to see how to use Vim with these projects.
 
@@ -461,11 +466,13 @@ guard off len
 initDone	Mark the buffer as ready for use.  Implicitly makes the buffer
 		the current buffer.  Fires the BufReadPost autocommand event.
 
-insertDone
+insertDone starteol readonly
 		Sent by Vim Controller to tell Vim an initial file insert is
-		done.  This triggers a read message being printed.  Prior to
+		done.  This triggers a read message being printed.  If
-		version 2.3, no read messages were displayed after opening a
+		"starteol" is "F" then the last line doesn't have a EOL. If
-		file.  New in version 2.3.
+		"readonly" is "T" then the file is marked as readonly. Prior
+		to version 2.3, no read messages were displayed after opening
+		a file.  New in version 2.3.
 
 moveAnnoToFront serNum
 		Not implemented.

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 06
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -22,9 +22,13 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 1. Setting options					*set-option* *E764*
 
 							*:se* *:set*
-:se[t]			Show all options that differ from their default value.
+:se[t][!]		Show all options that differ from their default value.
+			When [!] is present every option is on a separate
+			line.
 
-:se[t] all		Show all but terminal options.
+:se[t][!] all		Show all but terminal options.
+			When [!] is present every option is on a separate
+			line.
 
 :se[t] termcap		Show all terminal options.  Note that in the GUI the
 			key codes are not shown, because they are generated
@@ -196,11 +200,11 @@ the option value, use '\"' instead.  This example sets the 'titlestring'
 option to 'hi "there"': >
    :set titlestring=hi\ \"there\"
 
-For MS-DOS and WIN32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More
+For Win32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More precise: For
-precise: For options that expect a file name (those where environment
+options that expect a file name (those where environment variables are
-variables are expanded) a backslash before a normal file name character is not
+expanded) a backslash before a normal file name character is not removed.  But
-removed.  But a backslash before a special character (space, backslash, comma,
+a backslash before a special character (space, backslash, comma, etc.) is used
-etc.) is used like explained above.
+like explained above.
 There is one special situation, when the value starts with "\\": >
    :set dir=\\machine\path	    results in "\\machine\path"
    :set dir=\\\\machine\\path	    results in "\\machine\path"
@@ -287,7 +291,7 @@ happens when the buffer is not loaded, but they are lost when the buffer is
 wiped out |:bwipe|.
 
 							*:setl* *:setlocal*
-:setl[ocal] ...		Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
+:setl[ocal][!] ...	Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
 			current buffer or window.  Not all options have a
 			local value.  If the option does not have a local
 			value the global value is set.
@@ -309,7 +313,7 @@ wiped out |:bwipe|.
 			{option}, so that the global value will be used.
 
 							*:setg* *:setglobal*
-:setg[lobal] ...	Like ":set" but set only the global value for a local
+:setg[lobal][!] ...	Like ":set" but set only the global value for a local
 			option without changing the local value.
 			When displaying an option, the global value is shown.
 			With the "all" argument: display global values for all
@@ -513,10 +517,11 @@ Examples:
 
 The second form (this is compatible with some versions of Vi):
 
-	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]
+	[text{white}]{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]
 
-[text]			any text or empty
+[text{white}]		empty or any text followed by at least one blank
-{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+			character (<Space> or <Tab>); "ex:" always requires at
+			least one blank character
 {vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}	the string "vi:", "vim:", "Vim:" or "ex:"
 [white]			optional white space
 se[t]			the string "set " or "se " (note the space); When
@@ -576,9 +581,9 @@ If an error is detected the rest of the line is skipped.
 
 If you want to include a ':' in a set command precede it with a '\'.  The
 backslash in front of the ':' will be removed.  Example:
-   /* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */ ~
+   /* vi:set fillchars=stl\:^,vert\:\|: */ ~
-This sets the 'dir' option to "c:\tmp".  Only a single backslash before the
+This sets the 'fillchars' option to "stl:^,vert:\|".  Only a single backslash
-':' is removed.  Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
+before the ':' is removed.  Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
 							*E992*
 No other commands than "set" are supported, for security reasons (somebody
 might create a Trojan horse text file with modelines).  And not all options
@@ -652,7 +657,7 @@ supported use something like this: >
 A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 					*'aleph'* *'al'* *aleph* *Aleph*
-'aleph' 'al'		number	(default 128 for MS-DOS, 224 otherwise)
+'aleph' 'al'		number	(default 128 for MS-Windows, 224 otherwise)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+rightleft|
 			feature}
@@ -709,9 +714,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	(or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with "-cjkwidth" option.),
 	this option should be set to "double" to match the width perceived
 	by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font.  Perhaps it also has
-	to be set to "double" under CJK Windows 9x/ME or Windows 2k/XP
+	to be set to "double" under CJK MS-Windows when the system locale is
-	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
+	set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode Standard Annex #11
-	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
+	(http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
 
 	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
 	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
@@ -876,7 +881,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	putting a ":gui" command in the .gvimrc file, before where the value
 	of 'background' is used (e.g., before ":syntax on").
 
-	For MS-DOS, Windows and OS/2 the default is "dark".
+	For MS-Windows the default is "dark".
 	For other systems "dark" is used when 'term' is "linux",
 	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
 	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
@@ -910,6 +915,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	eol	allow backspacing over line breaks (join lines)
 	start	allow backspacing over the start of insert; CTRL-W and CTRL-U
 		stop once at the start of insert.
+	nostop	like start, except CTRL-W and CTRL-U do not stop at the start of
+		insert.
 
 	When the value is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used.
 
@@ -918,6 +925,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  0	same as ":set backspace=" (Vi compatible)
 	  1	same as ":set backspace=indent,eol"
 	  2	same as ":set backspace=indent,eol,start"
+	  3	same as ":set backspace=indent,eol,nostop"
 
 	See |:fixdel| if your <BS> or <Del> key does not do what you want.
 	NOTE: This option is set to "" when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -1007,7 +1015,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'backupdir'* *'bdir'*
 'backupdir' 'bdir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
+				 for Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,~/")
 			global
 	List of directories for the backup file, separated with commas.
@@ -1018,9 +1026,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
-	  put the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The
+	  the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
-	  leading "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+	  "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	  ("." inside a directory name has no special meaning).
 	- Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
 	  of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
@@ -1375,6 +1383,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'swapfile' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
+	Also see |win_gettype()|, which returns the type of the window.
 
 	Be careful with changing this option, it can have many side effects!
 
@@ -1770,7 +1779,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'esckeys'	& off		no <Esc>-keys in Insert mode
 	'expandtab'	+ off		tabs not expanded to spaces
 	'fileformats'	& ""		no automatic file format detection,
-			  "dos,unix"	except for DOS, Windows and OS/2
+			  "dos,unix"	except for MS-Windows
 	'formatexpr'	+ ""		use 'formatprg' for auto-formatting
 	'formatoptions'	& "vt"		Vi compatible formatting
 	'gdefault'	+ off		no default 'g' flag for ":s"
@@ -1882,9 +1891,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
 	- When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
 	  completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
-	  Makefile with 'noshellslash' on Windows.
+	  Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
 	- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
-	  useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on Windows.
+	  useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on MS-Windows.
 	- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
 	  'shellslash'.
 	For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used.  For
@@ -2700,7 +2709,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'directory'* *'dir'*
 'directory' 'dir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
+				 for Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,/var/tmp,/tmp")
 			global
 	List of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
@@ -2712,9 +2721,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
 	  attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
-	  put the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
+	  the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading "."
-	  "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+	  is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	- For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
 	  the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
 	  with all path separators substituted to percent '%' signs. This will
@@ -3586,17 +3595,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					r-cr:hor20-Cursor/lCursor,
 					sm:block-Cursor
 					-blinkwait175-blinkoff150-blinkon175",
-				for MS-DOS and Win32 console:
+				for Win32 console:
 					"n-v-c:block,o:hor50,i-ci:hor15,
 					r-cr:hor30,sm:block")
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled, and
-			for MS-DOS and Win32 console}
+			for Win32 console}
 	This option tells Vim what the cursor should look like in different
-	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In an MSDOS or Win32 console, only
+	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In a Win32 console, only the
-	the height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by
+	height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by specifying a
-	specifying a block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or
+	block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or horizontal cursor.
-	horizontal cursor.
 	For a console the 't_SI', 't_SR', and 't_EI' escape sequences are
 	used.
 
@@ -3764,7 +3772,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
 		When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
 		The GUI tabs are only supported on some systems, currently
-		GTK, Motif, Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
+		GTK, Motif, Mac OS/X, Haiku, and MS-Windows.
 								*'go-f'*
 	  'f'	Foreground: Don't use fork() to detach the GUI from the shell
 		where it was started.  Use this for programs that wait for the
@@ -3873,7 +3881,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <
 
 						*'helpfile'* *'hf'*
-'helpfile' 'hf'		string	(default (MSDOS)  "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
+'helpfile' 'hf'		string	(default (MS-Windows) "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
 					 (others) "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt")
 			global
 	Name of the main help file.  All distributed help files should be
@@ -4442,7 +4450,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'isfname'* *'isf'*
-'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2:
+'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for Win32:
 			     "@,48-57,/,\,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,{,},[,],:,@-@,!,~,="
 			    for AMIGA: "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,$,:"
 			    for VMS: "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,<,>,[,],:,;,~"
@@ -4496,7 +4504,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 
 						*'isident'* *'isi'*
-'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2:
+'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for Win32:
 					   "@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235"
 				otherwise: "@,48-57,_,192-255")
 			global
@@ -4510,7 +4518,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	expand "$HOME/.viminfo".  Maybe you should change 'iskeyword' instead.
 
 						*'iskeyword'* *'isk'*
-'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (Vim default for MS-DOS and Win32:
+'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (Vim default for Win32:
 					    "@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235"
 				   otherwise:  "@,48-57,_,192-255"
 				Vi default: "@,48-57,_")
@@ -4530,7 +4538,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 						*'isprint'* *'isp'*
-'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32, OS/2 and Macintosh:
+'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for Win32 and Macintosh:
 				"@,~-255"; otherwise: "@,161-255")
 			global
 	The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
@@ -4641,8 +4649,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
-	Also consider resetting 'langremap' to avoid 'langmap' applies to
+	Also consider setting 'langremap' to off, to prevent 'langmap' from
-	characters resulting from a mapping.
+	applying to characters resulting from a mapping.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -4707,7 +4715,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'langnoremap' is set to the inverted value, and the other way around.
 
 			*'langremap'* *'lrm'* *'nolangremap'* *'nolrm'*
-'langremap' 'lrm'	boolean (default on, reset in |defaults.vim|)
+'langremap' 'lrm'	boolean (default on, set to off in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+langmap|
 			feature}
@@ -5205,13 +5213,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 						*'mouse'* *E538*
-'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32,
+'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI and Win32,
 					set to "a" or "nvi" in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Enable the use of the mouse.  Works for most terminals (xterm, MS-DOS,
+	Enable the use of the mouse.  Works for most terminals (xterm, Win32
-	Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with sysmouse and Linux
+	|win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with sysmouse and Linux console
-	console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
+	with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.  The
-	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
+	mouse can be enabled for different modes:
 		n	Normal mode and Terminal modes
 		v	Visual mode
 		i	Insert mode
@@ -5224,7 +5232,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	If your terminal can't overrule the mouse events going to the
 	application, use: >
 		:set mouse=nvi
-<	The you can press ":", select text for the system, and press Esc to go
+<	Then you can press ":", select text for the system, and press Esc to go
 	back to Vim using the mouse events.
 	In |defaults.vim| "nvi" is used if the 'term' option is not matching
 	"xterm".
@@ -5249,7 +5257,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
 	a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
 	MS-Windows: Also see 'scrollfocus' for what window is scrolled when
-	using the mouse scroll whel.
+	using the mouse scroll wheel.
 
 			*'mousehide'* *'mh'* *'nomousehide'* *'nomh'*
 'mousehide' 'mh'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -5259,7 +5267,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The mouse pointer is restored when the mouse is moved.
 
 						*'mousemodel'* *'mousem'*
-'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for MS-DOS and Win32)
+'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for Win32)
 			global
 	Sets the model to use for the mouse.  The name mostly specifies what
 	the right mouse button is used for:
@@ -5362,7 +5370,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'mousetime'* *'mouset'*
 'mousetime' 'mouset'	number	(default 500)
 			global
-	Only for GUI, MS-DOS, Win32 and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
+	Only for GUI, Win32 and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
 	time in msec between two mouse clicks for the second click to be
 	recognized as a multi click.
 
@@ -5419,6 +5427,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	bin	If included, numbers starting with "0b" or "0B" will be
 		considered to be binary.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
 		"0b1000" subtracts one, resulting in "0b0111".
+	unsigned    If included, numbers are recognized as unsigned. Thus a
+		leading dash or negative sign won't be considered as part of
+		the number.  Examples:
+		    Using CTRL-X on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2019"
+		    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2021").
+		    Using CTRL-A on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2021"
+		    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2019").
+		    Using CTRL-X on "0" or CTRL-A on "18446744073709551615"
+		    (2^64 - 1) has no effect, overflow is prevented.
 	Numbers which simply begin with a digit in the range 1-9 are always
 	considered decimal.  This also happens for numbers that are not
 	recognized as octal or hex.
@@ -5484,7 +5501,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    *'opendevice'* *'odev'* *'noopendevice'* *'noodev'*
 'opendevice' 'odev'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{only for MS-DOS, MS-Windows and OS/2}
+			{only for MS-Windows}
 	Enable reading and writing from devices.  This may get Vim stuck on a
 	device that can be opened but doesn't actually do the I/O.  Therefore
 	it is off by default.
@@ -5616,7 +5633,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 				*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347* *E854*
 'path' 'pa'		string	(default on Unix: ".,/usr/include,,"
-				   on OS/2:	  ".,/emx/include,,"
 				   other systems: ".,,")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	This is a list of directories which will be searched when using the
@@ -5882,6 +5898,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'pyxversion' has no effect.  The pyx* functions and commands are
 	always the same as the compiled version.
 
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
+						*'quickfixtextfunc'* *'qftf'*
+'quickfixtextfunc' 'qftf'	string (default "")
+			global
+			{only available when compiled with the |+quickfix|
+			feature}
+	This option specifies a function to be used to get the text to display
+	in the quickfix and location list windows.  This can be used to
+	customize the information displayed in the quickfix or location window
+	for each entry in the corresponding quickfix or location list.  See
+	|quickfix-window-function| for an explanation of how to write the
+	function and an example.
+
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6077,7 +6108,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			 *'restorescreen'* *'rs'* *'norestorescreen'* *'nors'*
 'restorescreen' 'rs'	boolean	(default on)
 			global
-			{only in Windows 95/NT console version}
+			{only in MS-Windows console version}
 	When set, the screen contents is restored when exiting Vim.  This also
 	happens when executing external commands.
 
@@ -6195,7 +6226,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
 						home:vimfiles/after"
-					PC, OS/2: "$HOME/vimfiles,
+					PC:    "$HOME/vimfiles,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
@@ -6203,9 +6234,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM:vimfiles:after"
-					RISC-OS: "Choices:vimfiles,
+					Haiku: "$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim,
+						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
-						Choices:vimfiles/after"
+						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
+						$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim/after")
 					VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
@@ -6221,6 +6254,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  compiler/	compiler files |:compiler|
 	  doc/		documentation |write-local-help|
 	  ftplugin/	filetype plugins |write-filetype-plugin|
+	  import/	files that are found by `:import`
 	  indent/	indent scripts |indent-expression|
 	  keymap/	key mapping files |mbyte-keymap|
 	  lang/		menu translations |:menutrans|
@@ -6463,9 +6497,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	but the Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
 
 						*'shell'* *'sh'* *E91*
-'shell' 'sh'		string	(default $SHELL or "sh",
+'shell' 'sh'		string	(default $SHELL or "sh", Win32: "cmd.exe")
-					MS-DOS and Win32: "command.com" or
-					"cmd.exe", OS/2: "cmd")
 			global
 	Name of the shell to use for ! and :! commands.  When changing the
 	value also check these options: 'shelltype', 'shellpipe', 'shellslash'
@@ -6500,22 +6532,23 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shellcmdflag'* *'shcf'*
 'shellcmdflag' 'shcf'	string	(default: "-c";
-				 MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell' does not
+				 Win32, when 'shell' does not contain "sh"
-				 contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
+				 somewhere: "/c")
 			global
 	Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
-	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
+	"bash.exe -c ls" or "cmd.exe /c dir".  For MS-Windows, the default is
-	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
+	set according to the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this
-	reduce the need to set this option by the user.
+	option by the user.
 	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
 	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
-	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-Windows.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellpipe'* *'sp'*
-'shellpipe' 'sp'	string	(default ">", "| tee", "|& tee" or "2>&1| tee")
+'shellpipe' 'sp'	string	(default ">", ">%s 2>&1", "| tee", "|& tee" or
+				 "2>&1| tee")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
 			feature}
@@ -6525,8 +6558,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	For the Amiga and MS-DOS the default is ">".  The output is directly
+	For the Amiga the default is ">".  For MS-Windows the default is
-	saved in a file and not echoed to the screen.
+	">%s 2>&1".  The output is directly saved in a file and not echoed to
+	the screen.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
@@ -6549,7 +6583,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellquote'* *'shq'*
-'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell'
+'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; Win32, when 'shell'
 					contains "sh" somewhere: "\"")
 			global
 	Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
@@ -6557,10 +6591,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	quoting.  See 'shellxquote' to include the redirection.  It's
 	probably not useful to set both options.
 	This is an empty string by default.  Only known to be useful for
-	third-party shells on MS-DOS-like systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
+	third-party shells on MS-Windows-like systems, such as the MKS Korn
-	or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted according
+	Shell or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted
-	the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option by the
+	according the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option
-	user.  See |dos-shell|.
+	by the user.  See |dos-shell|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6592,11 +6626,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'shellslash'* *'ssl'* *'noshellslash'* *'nossl'*
 'shellslash' 'ssl'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{only for MSDOS, MS-Windows and OS/2}
+			{only for MS-Windows}
 	When set, a forward slash is used when expanding file names.  This is
-	useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of command.com or
+	useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of cmd.exe.  Backward
-	cmd.exe.  Backward slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to
+	slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to forward slashes by
-	forward slashes by Vim.
+	Vim.
 	Note that setting or resetting this option has no effect for some
 	existing file names, thus this option needs to be set before opening
 	any file for best results.  This might change in the future.
@@ -6641,7 +6675,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shellxescape'* *'sxe'*
 'shellxescape' 'sxe'	string	(default: "";
-				 for MS-DOS and MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
+				 for MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
 			global
 	When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
 	option will be escaped with a '^' character.  This makes it possible
@@ -6751,11 +6785,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Filenames are assumed to be 8 characters plus one extension of 3
 	characters.  Multiple dots in file names are not allowed.  When this
 	option is on, dots in file names are replaced with underscores when
-	adding an extension (".~" or ".swp").  This option is not available
+	adding an extension (".~" or ".swp").  This option is useful
-	for MS-DOS, because then it would always be on.  This option is useful
 	when editing files on an MS-DOS compatible filesystem, e.g., messydos
-	or crossdos.  When running the Win32 GUI version under Win32s, this
+	or crossdos.
-	option is always on by default.
 
 						*'showbreak'* *'sbr'* *E595*
 'showbreak' 'sbr'	string	(default "")
@@ -7073,6 +7105,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	up to the first character that is not an ASCII letter or number and
 	not a dash.  Also see |set-spc-auto|.
 
+						*'spelloptions'* *'spo'*
+'spelloptions' 'spo'	string	(default "")
+			local to buffer
+			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
+			feature}
+	A comma separated list of options for spell checking:
+	   camel	When a word is CamelCased, assume "Cased" is a
+			separate word: every upper-case character in a word
+			that comes after a lower case character indicates the
+			start of a new word.
 
 						*'spellsuggest'* *'sps'*
 'spellsuggest' 'sps'	string	(default "best")
@@ -7290,8 +7332,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
 	line is displayed.
 				*stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
-	While evaluationg %{} the current buffer and current window will be
+	While evaluating %{} the current buffer and current window will be set
-	set temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
+	temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
 	currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
 	The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
 	real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the
@@ -7664,11 +7706,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'term'			string	(default is $TERM, if that fails:
 				      in the GUI: "builtin_gui"
 					on Amiga: "amiga"
-					 on BeOS: "beos-ansi"
+					on Haiku: "xterm"
 					  on Mac: "mac-ansi"
 					 on MiNT: "vt52"
-				       on MS-DOS: "pcterm"
-					 on OS/2: "os2ansi"
 					 on Unix: "ansi"
 					  on VMS: "ansi"
 				       on Win 32: "win32")
@@ -7704,7 +7744,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
-								*E617*
+								*E617* *E950*
 	Note: This does not apply to the GTK+ GUI.  After the GUI has been
 	successfully initialized, 'termencoding' is forcibly set to "utf-8".
 	Any attempts to set a different value will be rejected, and an error
@@ -7827,7 +7867,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 				   *'textmode'* *'tx'* *'notextmode'* *'notx'*
-'textmode' 'tx'		boolean	(MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2: default on,
+'textmode' 'tx'		boolean	(Win32: default on,
 				 others: default off)
 			local to buffer
 	This option is obsolete.  Use 'fileformat'.
@@ -7953,7 +7993,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		- VIM		the server name |v:servername| or "VIM"
 	Only works if the terminal supports setting window titles
 	(currently Amiga console, Win32 console, all GUI versions and
-	terminals with a non- empty 't_ts' option - these are Unix xterm and
+	terminals with a non-empty 't_ts' option - these are Unix xterm and
 	iris-ansi by default, where 't_ts' is taken from the builtin termcap).
 								*X11*
 	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original title will
@@ -8215,8 +8255,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
-'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS,
+'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS and Win32)
-						Win32 and OS/2)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
 	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
@@ -8317,13 +8356,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Currently, these messages are given:
 	>= 1	When the viminfo file is read or written.
 	>= 2	When a file is ":source"'ed.
+	>= 4	Shell commands.
 	>= 5	Every searched tags file and include file.
 	>= 8	Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
 	>= 9	Every executed autocommand.
+	>= 11	Finding items in a path
 	>= 12	Every executed function.
 	>= 13	When an exception is thrown, caught, finished, or discarded.
 	>= 14	Anything pending in a ":finally" clause.
-	>= 15	Every executed Ex command (truncated at 200 characters).
+	>= 15	Every executed Ex command from a script (truncated at 200
+		characters).
+	>= 16	Every executed Ex command
 
 	This option can also be set with the "-V" argument.  See |-V|.
 	This option is also set by the |:verbose| command.
@@ -8343,12 +8386,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	displayed when 'verbosefile' is set.
 
 						*'viewdir'* *'vdir'*
-'viewdir' 'vdir'	string	(default for Amiga, MS-DOS, OS/2 and Win32:
+'viewdir' 'vdir'	string	(default for Amiga and Win32:
 							 "$VIM/vimfiles/view",
 				 for Unix: "~/.vim/view",
 				 for Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles:view"
-				 for VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles/view"
+				 for VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles/view")
-				 for RiscOS: "Choices:vimfiles/view")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
 			feature}
@@ -8373,16 +8415,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   slash	backslashes in file names replaced with forward
 			slashes
 	   unix		with Unix end-of-line format (single <NL>), even when
-			on Windows or DOS
+			on MS-Windows
 	   curdir	the window-local directory, if set with `:lcd`
 
-	"slash" and "unix" are useful on Windows when sharing view files
+	"slash" and "unix" are useful on MS-Windows when sharing view files
 	with Unix.  The Unix version of Vim cannot source dos format scripts,
-	but the Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
+	but the MS-Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
 
 				*'viminfo'* *'vi'* *E526* *E527* *E528*
-'viminfo' 'vi'		string	(Vi default: "", Vim default for MS-DOS,
+'viminfo' 'vi'		string	(Vi default: "", Vim default for
-				   Windows and OS/2: '100,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:,
+				   MS-Windows: '100,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:,
 				   for Amiga: '100,<50,s10,h,rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:
 				   for others: '100,<50,s10,h)
 			global
@@ -8464,7 +8506,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
 		specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
-		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For MS-DOS you
+		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For MS-Windows you
 		could use "ra:,rb:", for Amiga "rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:".  You can
 		also use it for temp files, e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is
 		ignored.  Maximum length of each 'r' argument is 50
@@ -8514,8 +8556,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					    *'virtualedit'* *'ve'*
 'virtualedit' 've'	string	(default "")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+virtualedit| feature}
 	A comma separated list of these words:
 	    block	Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
 	    insert	Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.
@@ -8961,6 +9001,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	The number of milliseconds to wait for each character sent to the
 	screen.  When non-zero, characters are sent to the terminal one by
-	one.  For MS-DOS pcterm this does not work.  For debugging purposes.
+	one.  For debugging purposes.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_beos.txt

@@ -1,320 +1,13 @@
-*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
+*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
-							*BeOS* *BeBox*
+						*beos* *BeOS* *BeBox*
-This is a port of Vim 5.1 to the BeOS Preview Release 2 (also known as PR2)
+This file used to contain particularities for the BeOS port of Vim.
-or later.
 
-This file contains the particularities for the BeBox/BeOS version of Vim.  For
+The BeOS support was removed in patch 8.2.0849.
-matters not discussed in this file, Vim behaves very much like the Unix
-|os_unix.txt| version.
 
- 1. General			|beos-general|
- 2. Compiling Vim		|beos-compiling|
- 3. Timeout in the Terminal	|beos-timeout|
- 4. Unicode vs. Latin1		|beos-unicode|
- 5. The BeOS GUI		|beos-gui|
- 6. The $VIM directory		|beos-vimdir|
- 7. Drag & Drop			|beos-dragndrop|
- 8. Single Launch vs. Multiple
-    Launch			|beos-launch|
- 9. Fonts			|beos-fonts|
-10. The meta key modifier	|beos-meta|
-11. Mouse key mappings		|beos-mouse|
-12. Color names			|beos-colors|
-13. Compiling with Perl		|beos-perl|
-
-
-1. General						*beos-general*
-
-The default syntax highlighting mostly works with different foreground colors
-to highlight items.  This works best if you set your Terminal window to a
-darkish background and light letters.  Some middle-grey background (for
-instance (r,g,b)=(168,168,168)) with black letters also works nicely.  If you
-use the default light background and dark letters, it may look better to
-simply reverse the notion of foreground and background color settings.  To do
-this, add this to your .vimrc file (where <Esc> may need to be replaced with
-the escape character): >
-
-  :if &term == "beos-ansi"
-  :    set t_AB=<Esc>[3%dm
-  :    set t_AF=<Esc>[4%dm
-  :endif
-
-
-2. Compiling Vim					*beos-compiling*
-
-From the Advanced Access Preview Release (AAPR) on, Vim can be configured with
-the standard configure script.  To get the compiler and its flags right, use
-the following command-line in the shell (you can cut and paste it in one go):
-
-CC=$BE_C_COMPILER CFLAGS="$BE_DEFAULT_C_FLAGS -O7" \
-    ./configure --prefix=/boot/home/config
-
-$BE_C_COMPILER is usually "mwcc", $BE_DEFAULT_C_FLAGS is usually "-I- -I."
-
-When configure has run, and you wish to enable GUI support, you must edit the
-config.mk file so that the lines with GUI_xxx refer to $(BEOSGUI_xxx) instead
-of $(NONE_xxx).
-Alternatively you can make this change in the Makefile; it will have a
-more permanent effect.  Search for "NONE_".
-
-After compilation you need to add the resources to the binary.  Add the
-following few lines near the end (before the line with "exit $exit_value") of
-the link.sh script to do this automatically.
-
-    rmattr BEOS:TYPE vim
-    copyres os_beos.rsrc vim
-    mimeset vim
-
-Also, create a dummy file "strip":
-
-    #!/bin/sh
-    mimeset $1
-    exit 0
-
-You will need it when using "make install" to install Vim.
-
-Now type "make" to compile Vim, then "make install" to install it.
-
-If you want to install Vim by hand, you must copy Vim to $HOME/config/bin, and
-create a bunch of symlinks to it ({g,r,rg}{vim,ex,view}).  Furthermore you must
-copy Vim's configuration files to $HOME/config/share/vim:
-vim-5.0s/{*.vim,doc,syntax}.  For completeness, you should also copy the nroff
-manual pages to $HOME/config/man/man1.  Don't forget ctags/ctags and xxd/xxd!
-
-Obviously, you need the unlimited linker to actually link Vim.  See
-http://www.metrowerks.com for purchasing the CodeWarrior compiler for BeOS.
-There are currently no other linkers that can do the job.
-
-This won't be able to include the Perl or Python interfaces even if
-you have the appropriate files installed. |beos-perl|
-
-
-3. Timeout in the Terminal				*beos-timeout*
-
-Because some POSIX/UNIX features are still missing[1], there is no direct OS
-support for read-with-timeout in the Terminal.  This would mean that you cannot
-use :mappings of more than one character, unless you also :set notimeout.
-|'timeout'|
-
-To circumvent this problem, I added a workaround to provide the necessary
-input with timeout by using an extra thread which reads ahead one character.
-As a side effect, it also makes Vim recognize when the Terminal window
-resizes.
-
-Function keys are not supported in the Terminal since they produce very
-indistinctive character sequences.
-
-These problems do not exist in the GUI.
-
-[1]: there is no select() on file descriptors; also the termios VMIN and VTIME
-settings do not seem to work properly.  This has been the case since DR7 at
-least and still has not been fixed as of PR2.
-
-							*beos-unicode*
-4. Unicode vs. Latin1					*beos-utf8*
-
-BeOS uses Unicode and UTF-8 for text strings (16-bit characters encoded to
-8-bit characters).  Vim assumes ISO-Latin1 or other 8-bit character codes.
-This does not produce the desired results for non-ASCII characters.  Try the
-command :digraphs to see.  If they look messed up, use :set isprint=@ to
-(slightly) improve the display of ISO-Latin1 characters 128-255.  This works
-better in the GUI, depending on which font you use (below).
-
-You may also use the /boot/bin/xtou command to convert UTF-8 files from (xtou
--f iso1 filename) or to (xtou -t iso1 filename) ISO-Latin1 characters.
-
-
-5. The BeOS GUI						*beos-gui*
-
-The BeOS GUI is no longer included.  It was not maintained for a while and
-most likely didn't work.  If you want to work on this: get the Vim 6.x version
-and merge it back in.
-
-
-6. The $VIM directory					*beos-vimdir*
-
-$VIM is the symbolic name for the place where Vims support files are stored.
-The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with >
-
-  :version
-
-The normal value is /boot/home/config/share/vim.  If you don't like it you can
-set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile' in your
-.vimrc: >
-
-  :if version >= 500
-  :    set helpfile=~/vim/vim54/doc/help.txt
-  :    syntax on
-  :endif
-
-
-7. Drag & Drop						*beos-dragndrop*
-
-You can drop files and directories on either the Vim icon (starts a new Vim
-session, unless you use the File Types application to set Vim to be "Single
-Launch") or on the Vim window (starts editing the files).  Dropping a folder
-sets Vim's current working directory. |:cd| |:pwd| If you drop files or
-folders with either SHIFT key pressed, Vim changes directory to the folder
-that contains the first item dropped.  When starting Vim, there is no need to
-press shift: Vim behaves as if you do.
-
-Files dropped set the current argument list. |argument-list|
-
-
-8. Single Launch vs. Multiple Launch			*beos-launch*
-
-As distributed Vim's Application Flags (as seen in the FileTypes preference)
-are set to Multiple Launch.  If you prefer, you can set them to Single Launch
-instead.  Attempts to start a second copy of Vim will cause the first Vim to
-open the files instead.  This works from the Tracker but also from the command
-line.  In the latter case, non-file (option) arguments are not supported.
-
-NB: Only the GUI version has a BApplication (and hence Application Flags).
-This section does not apply to the GUI-less version, should you compile one.
-
-
-9. Fonts						*beos-fonts*
-
-Set fonts with >
-
-  :set guifont=Courier10_BT/Roman/10
-
-where the first part is the font family, the second part the style, and the
-third part the size.  You can use underscores instead of spaces in family and
-style.
-
-Best results are obtained with monospaced fonts (such as Courier).  Vim
-attempts to use all fonts in B_FIXED_SPACING mode but apparently this does not
-work for proportional fonts (despite what the BeBook says).
-
-Vim also tries to use the B_ISO8859_1 encoding, also known as ISO Latin 1.
-This also does not work for all fonts.  It does work for Courier, but not for
-ProFontISOLatin1/Regular (strangely enough).  You can verify this by giving the >
-
-  :digraphs
-
-command, which lists a bunch of characters with their ISO Latin 1 encoding.
-If, for instance, there are "box" characters among them, or the last character
-isn't a dotted-y, then for this font the encoding does not work.
-
-If the font you specify is unavailable, you get the system fixed font.
-
-Standard fixed-width system fonts are:
-
-	      ProFontISOLatin1/Regular
-		  Courier10_BT/Roman
-		  Courier10_BT/Italic
-		  Courier10_BT/Bold
-		  Courier10_BT/Bold_Italic
-
-Standard proportional system fonts are:
-
-		    Swis721_BT/Roman
-		    Swis721_BT/Italic
-		    Swis721_BT/Bold
-		    Swis721_BT/Bold_Italic
-		Dutch801_Rm_BT/Roman
-		Dutch801_Rm_BT/Italic
-		Dutch801_Rm_BT/Bold
-		Dutch801_Rm_BT/Bold_Italic
-		   Baskerville/Roman
-		   Baskerville/Italic
-		   Baskerville/Bold
-		   Baskerville/Bold_Italic
-		 SymbolProp_BT/Regular
-
-Try some of them, just for fun.
-
-
-10. The meta key modifier				*beos-meta*
-
-The META key modifier is obtained by the left or right OPTION keys.  This is
-because the ALT (aka COMMAND) keys are not passed to applications.
-
-
-11. Mouse key mappings					*beos-mouse*
-
-Vim calls the various mouse buttons LeftMouse, MiddleMouse and RightMouse.  If
-you use the default Mouse preference settings these names indeed correspond to
-reality.  Vim uses this mapping:
-
-    Button 1 -> LeftMouse,
-    Button 2 -> RightMouse,
-    Button 3 -> MiddleMouse.
-
-If your mouse has fewer than 3 buttons you can provide your own mapping from
-mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the swapmouse
-package for an example:					 |gui-mouse-mapping|
-$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim
-
-
-12. Color names						*beos-colors*
-
-Vim has a number of color names built-in.  Additional names are read from the
-file $VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt, if present.  This file is basically the color
-database from X.  Names used from this file are cached for efficiency.
-
-
-13. Compiling with Perl					*beos-perl*
-
-Compiling with Perl support enabled is slightly tricky.  The Metrowerks
-compiler has some strange ideas where to search for include files.  Since
-several include files with Perl have the same names as some Vim header
-files, the wrong ones get included.  To fix this, run the following Perl
-script while in the vim-5.0/src directory: >
-
-   preproc.pl > perl.h
-
-    #!/bin/env perl
-    # Simple #include expander, just good enough for the Perl header files.
-
-    use strict;
-    use IO::File;
-    use Config;
-
-    sub doinclude
-    {
-	my $filename = $_[0];
-	my $fh = new IO::File($filename, "r");
-	if (defined $fh) {
-	    print "/* Start of $filename */\n";
-
-	    while (<$fh>) {
-		if (/^#include "(.*)"/) {
-		    doinclude($1);
-		    print "/* Back in $filename */\n";
-		} else {
-		    print $_;
-		}
-	    }
-	    print "/* End of $filename */\n";
-
-	    undef $fh;
-	} else {
-	    print "/* Cannot open $filename */\n";
-	    print "#include \"$filename\"\n";
-	}
-    }
-
-    chdir     $Config{installarchlib}."/CORE";
-    doinclude "perl.h";
-
-It expands the "perl.h" header file, using only other Perl header files.
-
-Now you can configure & make Vim with the --enable-perlinterp option.
-Be warned though that this adds about 616 kilobytes to the size of Vim!
-Without Perl, Vim with default features and GUI is about 575K, with Perl
-it is about 1191K.
-
--Olaf Seibert
-
-[Note: these addresses no longer work:]
-<rhialto@polder.ubc.kun.nl>
-http://polder.ubc.kun.nl/~rhialto/be
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_dos.txt

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ If you move the executable to another location, you also need to set the $VIM
 environment variable.  The runtime files will be found in "$VIM/vim{version}".
 Example: >
 	set VIM=E:\vim
-Will find the version 5.4 runtime files in "e:\vim\vim54".
+Will find the version 8.2 runtime files in "e:\vim\vim82".
 Note: This is _not_ recommended.  The preferred way is to keep the executable
 in the runtime directory.
 
@@ -47,17 +47,23 @@ If you move your executable AND want to put your "_vimrc" and "_gvimrc" files
 somewhere else, you must set $VIM to where you vimrc files are, and set
 $VIMRUNTIME to the runtime files.  Example: >
 	set VIM=C:\usr\piet
-	set VIMRUNTIME=E:\vim\vim54
+	set VIMRUNTIME=E:\vim\vim82
-Will find "c:\user\piet\_vimrc" and the runtime files in "e:\vim\vim54".
+Will find "c:\user\piet\_vimrc" and the runtime files in "e:\vim\vim82".
 
 See |$VIM| and |$VIMRUNTIME| for more information.
 
-Under Windows 95, you can set $VIM in your C:\autoexec.bat file.  For
+You can set environment variables for each user separately through the
-example: >
+System Properties dialog box.  The steps to do that:
-  set VIM=D:\vim
+1. Type Windows Key + R to open the "Run" dialog box.
-Under Windows NT, you can set environment variables for each user separately
+2. Enter "sysdm.cpl" and press the "OK" button.  The "System Properties"
-under "Start/Settings/Control Panel->System", or through the properties in the
+   dialog box will open.
-menu of "My Computer", under the Environment Tab.
+3. Select the "Advanced" tab and press the "Environment Variables..." button.
+   The "Environment Variables" dialog box will open.
+4. Select an existing variable in the "User variables" list and press the
+   "Edit..." button to edit it.  Or press the "New..." button to add a new
+   variable.
+5. After you finished editing variables, press the "OK" button to save the
+   changes.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Using backslashes					*dos-backslash*

runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+*os_haiku.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 13
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+							*Haiku*
+This file contains the particularities for the Haiku version of Vim.  For
+matters not discussed in this file, Vim behaves very much like the Unix
+|os_unix.txt| version.
+
+Haiku is an open-source operating system inspired by BeOS, that specifically
+targets personal computing.
+
+ 1. General			|haiku-general|
+ 2. Compiling Vim		|haiku-compiling|
+ 3. The Haiku GUI		|haiku-gui|
+ 4. The $VIM directory		|haiku-vimdir|
+ 5. The $USER_SETTINGS_DIR
+    directory			|haiku-user-settings-dir|
+ 6. Drag & Drop			|haiku-dragndrop|
+ 7. Single Launch vs. Multiple
+    Launch			|haiku-launch|
+ 8. Fonts			|haiku-fonts|
+ 9. The meta key modifier	|haiku-meta|
+10. Mouse key mappings		|haiku-mouse|
+11. Color names			|haiku-colors|
+12. GUI Toolbar Images		|haiku-toolbar-images|
+13. Credits			|haiku-support-credits|
+14. Bugs & to-do		|haiku-bugs|
+
+
+1. General						*haiku-general*
+
+The default syntax highlighting mostly works with different foreground colors
+to highlight items.  This works best if you set your Terminal window to a
+darkish background and light letters.  Some middle-grey background (for
+instance (r,g,b)=(168,168,168)) with black letters also works nicely.
+
+
+2. Compiling Vim					*haiku-compiling*
+
+Vim can be compiled using the standard configure/make approach. Running
+./configure without any arguments or passing --enable-gui=haiku, will compile
+vim with the Haiku GUI support.  Run ./configure --help , to find out other
+features you can enable/disable.
+
+Haiku uses "ncurses6" as its terminal library, therefore you need to have
+"ncurses6_devel" package installed from HaikuDepot in order to configure
+the Haiku build.  Just append "--with-tlib=ncurses6" to ./configure command
+
+Now you should use "make" to compile Vim, then "make install" to install it.
+For seamless integration into Haiku, the GUI-less vim binary should be
+additionally installed over the GUI version.  Typical build commands are:
+
+  ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY` \
+    --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
+    --mandir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`/documentation/man \
+  make clean
+  make install
+
+  ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`  \
+    --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
+    --mandir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`/documentation/man \
+    --disable-gui
+  make clean
+  make install
+
+
+3. The Haiku GUI					*haiku-gui*
+
+Normally Vim starts with the GUI if you start it as gvim or vim -g.  The vim
+version with GUI tries to determine if it was started from the Tracker instead
+of the Terminal, and if so, uses the GUI anyway.  However, the current detection
+scheme is fooled if you use the command "vim - </dev/null".
+
+Stuff that does not work yet:
+
+- Mouse up events are not generated when outside the window.  You can notice
+  this when selecting text and moving the cursor outside the window, then
+  letting go of the mouse button.  Another way is when you drag the scrollbar
+  and do the same thing.  Because Vim still thinks you are still playing with
+  the scrollbar it won't change it itself.  There is a workaround which kicks
+  in when the window is activated or deactivated (so it works best with focus-
+  follows-mouse turned on).
+- The cursor does not flash.
+
+
+4. The $VIM directory					*haiku-vimdir*
+
+$VIM is the symbolic name for the place where Vim's support files are stored.
+The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with:
+
+  :version
+
+The normal value is /boot/system/data/vim for Haikuports version, 
+/boot/system/non-packaged/data/vim for manual builds.  If you don't like it
+you can set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile'
+in your .vimrc: >
+
+  :if version >= 500
+  :    set helpfile=~/vim/runtime/doc/help.txt
+  :    syntax on
+  :endif
+
+
+5. The $USER_SETTINGS_DIR directory		*haiku-user-settings-dir*
+
+$USER_SETTINGS_DIR is the symbolic name for the place where Haiku
+configuration and settings files are stored.
+
+The normal value is /boot/home/config/settings.
+
+
+6. Drag & Drop						*haiku-dragndrop*
+
+You can drop files and directories on either the Vim icon (starts a new Vim
+session, unless you use the File Types application to set Vim to be "Single
+Launch") or on the Vim window (starts editing the files).  Dropping a folder
+sets Vim's current working directory |:cd| |:pwd|.  If you drop files or
+folders with either SHIFT key pressed, Vim changes directory to the folder
+that contains the first item dropped.  When starting Vim, there is no need to
+press shift: Vim behaves as if you do.
+
+Files dropped set the current argument list. |argument-list|
+
+
+7. Single Launch vs. Multiple Launch			*haiku-launch*
+
+As distributed Vim's Application Flags (as seen in the FileTypes preference)
+are set to Multiple Launch.  If you prefer, you can set them to Single Launch
+instead.  Attempts to start a second copy of Vim will cause the first Vim to
+open the files instead.  This works from the Tracker but also from the command
+line.  In the latter case, non-file (option) arguments are not supported.
+Another drawback of the Single Launch is silent ignore of "Open With ..."
+requests by vim instance that running as non-GUI application even GUI support
+was compiled in. Vim instance running with GUI has no such problems.
+
+NB: Only the GUI version has a BApplication (and hence Application Flags).
+This section does not apply to the GUI-less version, should you compile one.
+
+
+8. Fonts						*haiku-fonts*
+
+Set fonts with >
+
+  :set guifont=DejaVu_Sans_Mono/Book/12
+
+where the first part is the font family, the second part the style, and the
+third part the size.  You can use underscores instead of spaces in family and
+style.
+
+Best results are obtained with monospaced fonts.  Vim attempts to use all
+fonts in B_FIXED_SPACING mode but apparently this does not work for
+proportional fonts (despite what the BeBook says).
+
+To verify which encodings are supported by the current font give the >
+
+  :digraphs
+
+command, which lists a bunch of characters with their ISO Latin 1 encoding.
+If, for instance, there are "box" characters among them, or the last character
+isn't a dotted-y, then for this font the encoding does not work.
+
+If the font you specify is unavailable, you get the system fixed font.
+
+GUI Font Selection Dialog is available at giving the:
+
+  :set guifont=*
+
+command.
+
+
+9. The meta key modifier				*haiku-meta*
+
+The META key modifier is obtained by the left or right OPTION keys.  This is
+because the ALT (aka COMMAND) keys are not passed to applications.
+
+
+10. Mouse key mappings					*haiku-mouse*
+
+Vim calls the various mouse buttons LeftMouse, MiddleMouse and RightMouse.  If
+you use the default Mouse preference settings these names indeed correspond to
+reality.  Vim uses this mapping:
+
+    Button 1 -> LeftMouse,
+    Button 2 -> RightMouse,
+    Button 3 -> MiddleMouse.
+
+If your mouse has fewer than 3 buttons you can provide your own mapping from
+mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the file
+$VIM/macros/swapmous.vim for an example.		|gui-mouse-mapping|
+
+
+11. Color names						*haiku-colors*
+
+Vim has a number of color names built-in.  Additional names are read from the
+file $VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt, if present.  This file is basically the color
+database from X.  Names used from this file are cached for efficiency.
+
+
+12. GUI Toolbar Images					*haiku-toolbar-images*
+
+Alternative set of toolbar images should be the PNG image of any height you
+like. Image width is calculated to contain at least 32 buttons in one-row
+cells.
+The image should be stored under the name $VIRUNTIME/bitmaps/builtin-tools.png
+More info about the buttons assignment are at |builtin-tools|.
+
+
+13. Credits						*haiku-support-credits*
+
+Haiku port is based on work done for BeOS version by many people
+ - BeBox GUI support Copyright 1998 by Olaf Seibert;
+ - Ported to R4 by Richard Offer <richard@whitequeen.com> Jul 99;
+ - Those who contributed, not listed above but not forgotten;
+ - Haiku support by Siarzhuk Zharski <imker@gmx.li> Apr-Mai 2009.
+
+All the changes and patches released under vim-license.
+
+Thank you, all!
+
+
+14. Bugs & to-do					*haiku-bugs*
+ 
+The port is under development now and far away from the perfect state. For bug
+reports, patches and wishes, please use the Vim mailing list or Vim Github
+repository.
+ 
+Mailing list: https://www.vim.org/maillist.php
+Vim Github repository: https://github.com/vim/vim
+
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -432,7 +432,6 @@ Terminal entry not found in termcap
     builtin_gui
     builtin_riscos
     builtin_amiga
-    builtin_beos-ansi
     builtin_ansi
     builtin_vt320
     builtin_vt52

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ you will need to get a version older than that.
 
 				*win32s* *windows-3.1* *gui-w32s* *win16*
 There was a special version of gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
-Support was removed in patch 7.4.1363.
+Support was removed in patch 7.4.1364.
 
 ==============================================================================
 7. Win32 mini FAQ					*win32-faq*

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ gD			Goto global Declaration.  When the cursor is on a
 
 							*CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C			Interrupt current (search) command.  Use CTRL-Break on
-			MS-DOS |dos-CTRL-Break|.
+			MS-Windows |dos-CTRL-Break|.
 			In Normal mode, any pending command is aborted.
 
 							*:noh* *:nohlsearch*

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
-Authors:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
-	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
+	 (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
 Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this

runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-*pi_logipat.txt*	Logical Patterns			Jun 22, 2015
+*pi_logipat.txt*	Logical Patterns			May 01, 2019
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2016 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
            The VIM LICENSE applies to LogiPat.vim and LogiPat.txt
            (see |copyright|) except use "LogiPat" instead of "Vim"
 	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
@@ -28,12 +28,14 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
 			grouping   ( ... )
 			patterns   "pattern"
 
+	*logiPat-cmd*
 	:LogiPat {boolean-logic pattern}		*:LogiPat*
 		:LogiPat is a command which takes a boolean-logic
 		argument (|logiPat-arg|).
 
 	:LP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LP*
 		:LP is a shorthand command version of :LogiPat
+		(|logiPat-cmd|).
 
 	:LPE {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LPE*
 		No search is done, but the conversion from the
@@ -69,7 +71,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
 <		will search for lines containing the string  :abc:
 >
 	:LogiPat "ab""cd"
-<		will search for lines containing the string  :ab"c:
+<		will search for lines containing the string  :ab"cd:
 >
 	:LogiPat !"abc"
 <		will search for lines which don't contain the string  :abc:

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 10
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 14
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
 	    ------------------------------------------------
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 
 Copyright: Copyright (C) 2017 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
@@ -1565,8 +1565,8 @@ So, for example: >
 	file.rcs,v  ->  NFH_rcsCOMMAv()
 <
 If more such translations are necessary, please send me email: >
-		NdrOchip at ScampbellPfamily.AbizM - NOSPAM
+		NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM
-with a request.
+with a request.  (remove the embedded NOSPAM first)
 
 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_browsex_viewer|
 
@@ -3229,7 +3229,8 @@ If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
 	R   [query: reply with s/^\(.*\)\.c$/\1.cpp/]
 <
     This example will mark all *.c files and then rename them to *.cpp
-    files.
+    files.  Netrw will protect you from overwriting local files without
+    confirmation, but not remote ones.
 
     The ctrl-X character has special meaning for renaming files: >
 
@@ -3512,7 +3513,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			- Click "Add..."
 			- Set External Editor (adjust path as needed, include
 			  the quotes and !.! at the end):
-			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim81\gvim.exe" !.!
+			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim82\gvim.exe" !.!
 			- Check that the filetype in the box below is
 			  {asterisk}.{asterisk} (all files), or whatever types
 			  you want (cec: change {asterisk} to * ; I had to
@@ -3836,12 +3837,18 @@ netrw:
 
 	   Please send that information to <netrw.vim>'s maintainer along
 	   with the o/s you're using and the vim version that you're using
-	   (see |:version|) >
+	   (see |:version|)  (remove the embedded NOSPAM first) >
-		NdrOchip at ScampbellPfamily.AbizM - NOSPAM
+		NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM
 <
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v169:	Dec 20, 2019	* (reported by amkarthik) that netrw's x
+				  (|netrw-x|) would throw an error when
+				  attempting to open a local directory.
+	v168:	Dec 12, 2019	* scp timeout error message not reported,
+				  hopefully now fixed (Shane Xb Qian)
+
 	v167:	Nov 29, 2019	* netrw does a save&restore on @* and @+.
 				  That causes problems with the clipboard.
 				  Now restores occurs only if @* or @+ have
@@ -4279,7 +4286,7 @@ netrw:
 	Vim editor	by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
 	dav		support by C Campbell
 	fetch		support by Bram Moolenaar and C Campbell
-	ftp		support by C Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+	ftp		support by C Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	http		support by Bram Moolenaar <bram@moolenaar.net>
 	rcp
 	rsync		support by C Campbell (suggested by Erik Warendorph)
@@ -4299,4 +4306,4 @@ netrw:
 
 ==============================================================================
 Modelines: {{{1
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 07
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
 		       +====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
+Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including tarPlugin.vim, tar.vim, and pi_tar.txt.  Like
 	anything else that's except use "tar.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like
@@ -104,48 +104,67 @@ Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 4. History						*tar-history*
 
-
+	v31	Apr 02, 2017	* (klartext) reported that browsing encrypted
-   v28 Jun 23, 2011 * a few more decompression options (tbz tb2 txz)
+				  files in a zip archive created unencrypted
-   v27 May 31, 2011 * moved cygwin detection before g:tar_copycmd handling
+				  swap files.  I am applying a similar fix
-   		    * inserted additional |:keepj| modifiers
+				  used on zip.vim to tar.vim: new buffers
-		    * changed silent  to  sil!  (|:silent|)
+				  are opened with |:noswapfile|.
-   v26 Aug 09, 2010 * uses buffer-local instead of window variables to hold
+		May 16, 2017	* When the mouse option isn't empty, the
-		      tarfile name
+				  leftmouse can be used to select a file
-		    * inserted keepj before 0d to protect jump list
+				  in the tar-file listing.
-   v25 Jun 19, 2010 * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
+	v30	Apr 22, 2014	* .tgz files are ambiguous: they may have been
-   v24 Apr 07, 2009 * :Untarvim command implemented
+				  compressed with either gzip or bzip2.  Tar.vim
-       Sep 28, 2009 * Added lzma support
+				  disambiguates by using unix's "file" command.
-   v22 Aug 08, 2008 * security fixes
+		Feb 18, 2016	* Changed =~ to =~# where appropriate
-   v16 Jun 06, 2008 * tarfile:: used instead of tarfile: when editing files
+		Feb 18, 2017	* Now also permits xz decompression
-		      inside tarballs.  Fixes a problem with tarballs called
+	v28	Jun 23, 2011	* a few more decompression options (tbz tb2 txz)
-		      things like c:\abc.tar. (tnx to Bill McCarthy)
+	v27	May 31, 2011	* moved cygwin detection before g:tar_copycmd
-   v14 May 09, 2008 * arno caught a security bug
+				  handling
-       May 28, 2008 * various security improvements.  Now requires patch 299
+				* inserted additional |:keepj| modifiers
-		      which provides the fnameescape() function
+				* changed silent  to  sil!  (|:silent|)
-       May 30, 2008 * allows one to view *.gz and *.bz2 files that are in
+	v26	Aug 09, 2010	* uses buffer-local instead of window variables
-		    *.tar files.
+				  to hold tarfile name
-   v12 Sep 07, 2007 * &shq now used if not the empty string for g:tar_shq
+				* inserted keepj before 0d to protect jump list
-   v10 May 02, 2006 * now using "redraw then echo" to show messages, instead
+	v25	Jun 19, 2010	* (Jan Steffens) added support for xz
-		      of "echo and prompt user"
+				  compression
-   v9 May 02, 2006 * improved detection of masquerading as tar file
+	v24	Apr 07, 2009	* :Untarvim command implemented
-   v8 May 02, 2006 * allows editing of files that merely masquerade as tar
+		Sep 28, 2009	* Added lzma support
-		     files
+	v22	Aug 08, 2008	* security fixes
-   v7 Mar 22, 2006 * work on making tar plugin work across network
+	v16	Jun 06, 2008	* tarfile:: used instead of tarfile: when
-      Mar 27, 2006 * g:tar_cmd now available for users to change the name
+				  editing files inside tarballs.  Fixes a
-		     of the tar program to be used.  By default, of course,
+				  problem with tarballs called things like
-		     it's "tar".
+				  c:\abc.tar. (tnx to Bill McCarthy)
-   v6 Dec 21, 2005 * writing to files not in directories caused problems -
+	v14	May 09, 2008	* arno caught a security bug
-		     fixed (pointed out by Christian Robinson)
+		May 28, 2008	* various security improvements.  Now requires
-   v5 Nov 22, 2005 * report option workaround installed
+				  patch 299 which provides the fnameescape()
-   v3 Sep 16, 2005 * handles writing files in an archive back to the
+				  function
-		     archive
+		May 30, 2008	* allows one to view *.gz and *.bz2 files that
-      Oct 18, 2005 * <amatch> used instead of <afile> in autocmds
+				  are in *.tar files.
-      Oct 18, 2005 * handles writing to compressed archives
+	v12	Sep 07, 2007	* &shq now used if not the empty string for
-      Nov 03, 2005 * handles writing tarfiles across a network using
+				  g:tar_shq
-		     netrw#NetWrite()
+	v10	May 02, 2006	* now using "redraw then echo" to show messages,
-   v2              * converted to use Vim7's new autoload feature by
+				  instead of "echo and prompt user"
-		     Bram Moolenaar
+	v9	May 02, 2006	* improved detection of masquerading as tar file
-   v1 (original)   * Michael Toren (see http://michael.toren.net/code/)
+	v8	May 02, 2006	* allows editing of files that merely masquerade
+				  as tar files
+	v7	Mar 22, 2006	* work on making tar plugin work across network
+		Mar 27, 2006	* g:tar_cmd now available for users to change
+				  the name of the tar program to be used.  By
+				  default, of course, it's "tar".
+	v6	Dec 21, 2005	* writing to files not in directories caused
+				  problems - fixed (pointed out by
+				  Christian Robinson)
+	v5	Nov 22, 2005	* report option workaround installed
+	v3	Sep 16, 2005	* handles writing files in an archive back to
+				  the archive
+		Oct 18, 2005	* <amatch> used instead of <afile> in autocmds
+		Oct 18, 2005	* handles writing to compressed archives
+		Nov 03, 2005	* handles writing tarfiles across a network
+				  using netrw#NetWrite()
+	v2			* converted to use Vim7's new autoload feature
+				  by Bram Moolenaar
+	v1	(original)	* Michael Toren
+				  (see http://michael.toren.net/code/)
 
 ==============================================================================
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help

runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 			       Vimball Archiver
 			       ----------------
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell		*Vimball-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Sep 13
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 07
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
 				+====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
@@ -33,10 +33,11 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
    also write to the file.  Currently, one may not make a new file in
    zip archives via the plugin.
 
+   COMMANDS~
 								*zip-x*
-   x : may extract a listed file when the cursor is atop it
+   x : extract a listed file when the cursor is atop it
 
-   OPTIONS
+   OPTIONS~
 
    							*g:zip_nomax*
 
@@ -101,6 +102,10 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v29 Apr 02, 2017 * (Klartext) reported that an encrypted zip file could
+   		      opened but the swapfile held unencrypted contents.
+		      The solution is to edit the contents of a zip file
+		      using the |:noswapfile| modifier.
    v28 Oct 08, 2014 * changed the sanity checks for executables to reflect
    		      the command actually to be attempted in zip#Read()
 		      and zip#Write()

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Displaying text in a floating window.	*popup* *popup-window* *popupwin*
    Window position and size	|popup-position|
    Closing the popup window	|popup-close|
    Popup buffer and window	|popup-buffer|
+   Terminal in popup window	|popup-terminal|
 2. Functions			|popup-functions|
    Details			|popup-function-details|
 3. Usage			|popup-usage|
@@ -140,6 +141,31 @@ And options can be set on the buffer with `setbufvar()`, e.g.: >
 You can also use `win_execute()` with a ":setlocal" command.
 
 
+TERMINAL IN POPUP WINDOW				 *popup-terminal*
+
+A special case is running a terminal in a popup window.  Many rules are then
+different:						*E863*
+- The popup window always has focus, it is not possible to switch to another
+  window.
+- When the job ends, the popup window closes.
+- The popup window can be closed with `popup_close()`, the terminal buffer
+  then becomes hidden.
+- It is not possible to open a second popup window with a terminal. *E861*
+- The default Pmenu color is only used for the border and padding.  To change
+  the color of the terminal itself set the Terminal highlight group before
+  creating the terminal.  Setting 'wincolor' later can work but requires the
+  program in the terminal to redraw everything.
+- The default minimal size is 5 lines of 20 characters; Use the "minwidth" and
+  "minheight" parameters to set a different value.
+- The terminal size will grow if the program running in the terminal writes
+  text.  Set "maxheight" and "maxwidth" to restrict the size.
+
+To run a terminal in a popup window, first create the terminal hidden.  Then
+pass the buffer number to popup_create().  Example: >
+	hi link Terminal Search
+	let buf = term_start(['picker', 'Something'], #{hidden: 1, term_finish: 'close'})
+	let winid = popup_create(buf, #{minwidth: 50, minheight: 20})
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Functions						*popup-functions*
 
@@ -172,6 +198,7 @@ Other:
 	|popup_getoptions()|	get current options for a popup
 	|popup_getpos()|	get actual position and size of a popup
 	|popup_locate()|	find popup window at a screen position
+	|popup_list()|		get list of all popups
 
 
 DETAILS						*popup-function-details*
@@ -210,8 +237,15 @@ popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
 			GetText()->popup_beval({})
 <
 							*popup_clear()*
-popup_clear()	Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
+popup_clear([{force}])
+		Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
 		windows for the current tab and global popups.
+		Close callbacks are not invoked.
+		When {force} is not present this will fail if the current
+		window is a popup.
+		When {force} is present and |TRUE| the popup is also closed
+		when it is the current window.  If a terminal is running in a
+		popup it is killed.
 
 
 popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
@@ -385,10 +419,15 @@ popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		hidden.
 		If window {id} does not exist nothing happens.  If window {id}
 		exists but is not a popup window an error is given. *E993*
+		If popup window {id} contains a terminal an error is given.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_hide()
 
+popup_list()						 *popup_list()*
+		Return a List with the |window-ID| of all existing popups.
+
+
 popup_locate({row}, {col})				 *popup_locate()*
 		Return the |window-ID| of the popup at screen position {row}
 		and {col}.  If there are multiple popups the one with the
@@ -509,6 +548,8 @@ popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
 			wrap
 			zindex
 		The options from |popup_move()| can also be used.
+		Generally, setting an option to zero or an empty string resets
+		it to the default value, but there are exceptions.
 		For "hidden" use |popup_hide()| and |popup_show()|.
 		"tabpage" cannot be changed.
 
@@ -546,21 +587,22 @@ properties.  It is in one of four forms:
 
 If you want to create a new buffer yourself use |bufadd()| and pass the buffer
 number to popup_create().
-It is not possible to use the buffer of a terminal window. *E278*
+It is not possible to use the buffer of a terminal window. *E278*  You CAN
+create a hidden terminal buffer and use that one in a popup window.
 
 The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	line		Screen line where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor", "cursor+1" or "cursor-1" to use
 			the line of the cursor and add or subtract a number of
-			lines.  If omitted the popup is vertically centered.
+			lines.  If omitted or zero the popup is vertically
-			The first line is 1.
+			centered.  The first line is 1.
 			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
 			text property and can be negative.
 	col		Screen column where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor" to use the column of the cursor,
 			"cursor+9" or "cursor-9" to add or subtract a number
-			of columns.  If omitted the popup is horizontally
+			of columns.  If omitted or zero the popup is
-			centered.  The first column is 1.
+			horizontally centered.  The first column is 1.
 			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
 			text property and can be negative.
 	pos		"topleft", "topright", "botleft" or "botright":

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ If the option is empty, then vim will use the system default printer for
 
 							*penc-option* *E620*
 'printencoding' 'penc'	String	(default empty, except for:
-					Windows, OS/2: cp1252,
+					MS-Windows: cp1252,
 					Macintosh: mac-roman,
 					VMS: dec-mcs,
 					HPUX: hp-roman8,
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ cannot be converted will be replaced with upside down question marks.
 Four print character encoding files are provided to support default Mac, VMS,
 HPUX, and EBCDIC character encodings and are used by default on these
 platforms.  Code page 1252 print character encoding is used by default on
-Windows and OS/2 platforms.
+MS-Windows platform.
 
 							*pexpr-option*
 'printexpr' 'pexpr'	String	(default: see below)
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ the file: >
     system('lpr' . (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' -P' . &printdevice)
 	. ' ' . v:fname_in) . delete(v:fname_in) + v:shell_error
 
-On MS-Dos, MS-Windows and OS/2 machines the default is to copy the file to the
+On MS-Windows machines the default is to copy the file to the currently
-currently specified printdevice: >
+specified printdevice: >
 
     system('copy' . ' ' . v:fname_in . (&printdevice == ''
 		? ' LPT1:' : (' \"' . &printdevice . '\"')))
@@ -621,22 +621,15 @@ OpenVMS
 
     http://wwwthep.physik.uni-mainz.de/~plass/gv/
 
-Windows and OS/2
+MS-Windows
 
 - GSview.  Obtainable from:
 
     http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/
 
-DOS
-
-- ps_view.  Obtainable from:
-
-    ftp://ftp.pg.gda.pl/pub/TeX/support/ps_view/
-    ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/support/ps_view/
-
 Linux
 
-- GSview.  Linux version of the popular Windows and OS/2 previewer.
+- GSview.  Linux version of the popular MS-Windows previewer.
   Obtainable from:
 
     http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ This subject is introduced in section |30.1| of the user manual.
 7. The error format			|error-file-format|
 8. The directory stack			|quickfix-directory-stack|
 9. Specific error file formats		|errorformats|
+10. Customizing the quickfix window	|quickfix-window-function|
 
 The quickfix commands are not available when the |+quickfix| feature was
 disabled at compile time.
@@ -229,8 +230,16 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
 							*:cq* *:cquit*
-:cq[uit][!]		Quit Vim with an error code, so that the compiler
+:cq[uit][!]
-			will not compile the same file again.
+:{N}cq[uit][!]
+:cq[uit][!] {N}		Quit Vim with error code {N}.  {N} defaults to one.
+			Useful when Vim is called from another program:
+			e.g., a compiler will not compile the same file again,
+			`git commit` will abort the committing process, `fc`
+			(built-in for shells like bash and zsh) will not
+			execute the command, etc.
+			{N} can also be zero, in which case Vim exits
+			normally.
 			WARNING: All changes in files are lost!  Also when the
 			[!] is not used.  It works like ":qall!" |:qall|,
 			except that Vim returns a non-zero exit code.
@@ -935,10 +944,10 @@ or simpler >
 "$*" can be given multiple times, for example: >
    :set makeprg=gcc\ -o\ $*\ $*
 
-The 'shellpipe' option defaults to ">" for the Amiga, MS-DOS and Win32.  This
+The 'shellpipe' option defaults to ">" for the Amiga and ">%s 2>&1" for Win32.
-means that the output of the compiler is saved in a file and not shown on the
+This means that the output of the compiler is saved in a file and not shown on
-screen directly.  For Unix "| tee" is used.  The compiler output is shown on
+the screen directly.  For Unix "| tee" is used.  The compiler output is shown
-the screen and saved in a file the same time.  Depending on the shell used
+on the screen and saved in a file the same time.  Depending on the shell used
 "|& tee" or "2>&1| tee" is the default, so stderr output will be included.
 
 If 'shellpipe' is empty, the {errorfile} part will be omitted.  This is useful
@@ -1099,7 +1108,7 @@ id-utils) in a similar way to its compiler integration (see |:make| above).
 			allowed with |:bufdo|.
 			An example that uses the argument list and avoids
 			errors for files without matches: >
-                                :silent argdo try
+				:silent argdo try
 				  \ | grepadd! something %
 				  \ | catch /E480:/
 				  \ | endtry"
@@ -1302,7 +1311,7 @@ You can force the compiler to ignore makefiles by defining
 b:tex_ignore_makefile or g:tex_ignore_makefile variable (they are checked for
 existence only).
 
-If the compiler chose not to use make, it need to choose a right program for
+If the compiler chose not to use make, it needs to choose a right program for
 processing your input.  If b:tex_flavor or g:tex_flavor (in this precedence)
 variable exists, it defines TeX flavor for :make (actually, this is the name
 of executed command), and if both variables do not exist, it defaults to
@@ -1366,7 +1375,11 @@ Basic items
 	%v		virtual column number (finds a number representing
 			screen column of the error (1 <tab> == 8 screen
 			columns))
-	%t		error type (finds a single character)
+	%t		error type (finds a single character):
+			    e - error message
+			    w - warning message
+			    i - info message
+			    n - note message
 	%n		error number (finds a number)
 	%m		error message (finds a string)
 	%r		matches the "rest" of a single-line file message %O/P/Q
@@ -1384,9 +1397,9 @@ normally happens by matching following characters and items.  When nothing is
 following the rest of the line is matched.  If "%f" is followed by a '%' or a
 backslash, it will look for a sequence of 'isfname' characters.
 
-On MS-DOS, MS-Windows and OS/2 a leading "C:" will be included in "%f", even
+On MS-Windows a leading "C:" will be included in "%f", even when using "%f:".
-when using "%f:".  This means that a file name which is a single alphabetical
+This means that a file name which is a single alphabetical letter will not be
-letter will not be detected.
+detected.
 
 The "%p" conversion is normally followed by a "^".  It's used for compilers
 that output a line like: >
@@ -1437,6 +1450,7 @@ prefixes are:
 	%E		start of a multi-line error message
 	%W		start of a multi-line warning message
 	%I		start of a multi-line informational message
+	%N		start of a multi-line note message
 	%A		start of a multi-line message (unspecified type)
 	%>		for next line start with current pattern again |efm-%>|
 	%C		continuation of a multi-line message
@@ -1913,6 +1927,67 @@ error messages into a format that quickfix mode will understand.  See the
 start of the file about how to use it.  (This script is deprecated, see
 |compiler-perl|.)
 
+=============================================================================
+10. Customizing the quickfix window		*quickfix-window-function*
 
+The default format for the lines displayed in the quickfix window and location
+list window is:
+
+    <filename>|<lnum> col <col>|<text>
+
+The values displayed in each line correspond to the "bufnr", "lnum", "col" and
+"text" fields returned by the |getqflist()| function.
+
+For some quickfix/location lists, the displayed text need to be customized.
+For example, if only the filename is present for a quickfix entry, then the
+two "|" field separator characters after the filename are not needed.  Another
+use case is to customize the path displayed for a filename. By default, the
+complete path (which may be too long) is displayed for files which are not
+under the current directory tree. The file path may need to be simplified to a
+common parent directory.
+
+The displayed text can be customized by setting the 'quickfixtextfunc' option
+to a Vim function.  This function will be called with a dict argument and
+should return a List of strings to be displayed in the quickfix or location
+list window. The dict argument will have the following fields:
+
+    quickfix	set to 1 when called for a quickfix list and 0 when called for
+		a location list.
+    winid	for a location list, set to the id of the window with the
+		location list. For a quickfix list, set to 0. Can be used in
+		getloclist() to get the location list entry.
+    id		quickfix or location list identifier
+    start_idx	index of the first entry for which text should be returned
+    end_idx	index of the last entry for which text should be returned
+
+The function should return a single line of text to display in the quickfix
+window for each entry from start_idx to end_idx. The function can obtain
+information about the entries using the |getqflist()| function and specifying
+the quickfix list identifier "id". For a location list, getloclist() function
+can be used with the 'winid' argument.
+
+If a quickfix or location list specific customization is needed, then the
+'quickfixtextfunc' attribute of the list can be set using the |setqflist()| or
+|setloclist()| function. This overrides the global 'quickfixtextfunc' option.
+
+The example below displays the list of old files (|v:oldfiles|) in a quickfix
+window. As there is no line, column number and error text information
+associated with each entry, the 'quickfixtextfunc' function returns only the
+filename.
+Example: >
+    " create a quickfix list from v:oldfiles
+    call setqflist([], ' ', {'lines' : v:oldfiles, 'efm' : '%f',
+					\ 'quickfixtextfunc' : 'QfOldFiles'})
+    func QfOldFiles(info)
+	" get information about a range of quickfix entries
+	let items = getqflist({'id' : a:info.id, 'items' : 1}).items
+	let l = []
+	for idx in range(a:info.start_idx - 1, a:info.end_idx - 1)
+	    " use the simplified file name
+	  call add(l, fnamemodify(bufname(items[idx].bufnr), ':p:.'))
+	endfor
+	return l
+    endfunc
+<
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -851,6 +851,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'pythonthreedll'	    name of the Python 3 dynamic library
 'pythonthreehome'	    name of the Python 3 home directory
 'pyxversion'	  'pyx'	    Python version used for pyx* commands
+'quickfixtextfunc' 'qftf'   function for the text in the quickfix window
 'quoteescape'	  'qe'	    escape characters used in a string
 'readonly'	  'ro'	    disallow writing the buffer
 'redrawtime'	  'rdt'     timeout for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting
@@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'shiftround'	  'sr'	    round indent to multiple of shiftwidth
 'shiftwidth'	  'sw'	    number of spaces to use for (auto)indent step
 'shortmess'	  'shm'     list of flags, reduce length of messages
-'shortname'	  'sn'	    non-MS-DOS: Filenames assumed to be 8.3 chars
+'shortname'	  'sn'	    Filenames assumed to be 8.3 chars
 'showbreak'	  'sbr'     string to use at the start of wrapped lines
 'showcmd'	  'sc'	    show (partial) command in status line
 'showfulltag'	  'sft'     show full tag pattern when completing tag
@@ -909,6 +910,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'spellcapcheck'   'spc'     pattern to locate end of a sentence
 'spellfile'	  'spf'     files where |zg| and |zw| store words
 'spelllang'	  'spl'     language(s) to do spell checking for
+'spelloptions'	  'spo'     options for spell checking
 'spellsuggest'	  'sps'     method(s) used to suggest spelling corrections
 'splitbelow'	  'sb'	    new window from split is below the current one
 'splitright'	  'spr'     new window is put right of the current one
@@ -1053,11 +1055,11 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 |g_CTRL-G|	   g CTRL-G	show cursor column, line, and character
 				   position
 |CTRL-C|	   CTRL-C	during searches: Interrupt the search
-|dos-CTRL-Break|   CTRL-Break	MS-DOS: during searches: Interrupt the search
+|dos-CTRL-Break|   CTRL-Break	MS-Windows: during searches: Interrupt the
+				   search
 |<Del>|		   <Del>	while entering a count: delete last character
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	show version information
-|:mode|		:mode N		MS-DOS: set screen mode to N (number, C80,
+|:mode|		:mode N		set screen mode to N (obsolete)
-				   C4350, etc.)
 |:normal|	:norm[al][!] {commands}
 				execute Normal mode commands
 |Q|		   Q		switch to "Ex" mode

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ with the extension ".swp".
 - On Unix, a '.' is prepended to swap file names in the same directory as the
   edited file.  This avoids that the swap file shows up in a directory
   listing.
-- On MS-DOS machines and when the 'shortname' option is on, any '.' in the
+- On MS-Windows machines and when the 'shortname' option is on, any '.' in the
   original file name is replaced with '_'.
 - If this file already exists (e.g., when you are recovering from a crash) a
   warning is given and another extension is used, ".swo", ".swn", etc.
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ If you want to put swap files in a fixed place, put a command resembling the
 following ones in your .vimrc:
 	:set dir=dh2:tmp	(for Amiga)
 	:set dir=~/tmp		(for Unix)
-	:set dir=c:\\tmp	(for MS-DOS and Win32)
+	:set dir=c:\\tmp	(for Win32)
 This is also very handy when editing files on floppy.  Of course you will have
 to create that "tmp" directory for this to work!
 
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ the time with the 'updatetime' option.  The time is given in milliseconds.
 After writing to the swap file Vim syncs the file to disk.  This takes some
 time, especially on busy Unix systems.  If you don't want this you can set the
 'swapsync' option to an empty string.  The risk of losing work becomes bigger
-though.  On some non-Unix systems (MS-DOS, Amiga) the swap file won't be
+though.  On some non-Unix systems (MS-Windows, Amiga) the swap file won't be
 written at all.
 
 If the writing to the swap file is not wanted, it can be switched off by
@@ -125,12 +125,12 @@ If you want to make sure that your changes are in the swap file use this
 command:
 
 					*:pre* *:preserve* *E313* *E314*
-:pre[serve]		Write all text for all buffers into swap file.  The
+:pre[serve]		Write all text for the current buffer into its swap
-			original file is no longer needed for recovery.
+			file.  The original file is no longer needed for
-			This sets a flag in the current buffer.  When the '&'
+			recovery.  This sets a flag in the current buffer.
-			flag is present in 'cpoptions' the swap file will not
+			When the '&' flag is present in 'cpoptions' the swap
-			be deleted for this buffer when Vim exits and the
+			file will not be deleted for this buffer when Vim
-			buffer is still loaded |cpo-&|.
+			exits and the buffer is still loaded |cpo-&|.
 
 A Vim swap file can be recognized by the first six characters: "b0VIM ".
 After that comes the version number, e.g., "3.0".

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ q{0-9a-zA-Z"}		Record typed characters into register {0-9a-zA-Z"}
 			recorded macro and the yank will overwrite the
 			recorded macro.
 
+			Note: The recording happens while you type, replaying
+			the register happens as if the keys come from a
+			mapping.  This matters, for example, for undo, which
+			only syncs when commands were typed.
+
 q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			stops recording is not stored in the register, unless
 			it was the result of a mapping)
@@ -137,7 +142,7 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			used.
 			The register is executed like a mapping, that means
 			that the difference between 'wildchar' and 'wildcharm'
-			applies.
+			applies, and undo might not be synced in the same way.
 			For "@=" you are prompted to enter an expression.  The
 			result of the expression is then executed.
 			See also |@:|.
@@ -158,6 +163,11 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			result of evaluating the expression is executed as an
 			Ex command.
 			Mappings are not recognized in these commands.
+			When the |line-continuation| character (\) is present
+			at the beginning of a line in a linewise register,
+			then it is combined with the previous line. This is
+			useful for yanking and executing parts of a Vim
+			script.
 			Future: Will execute the register for each line in the
 			address range.
 
@@ -166,7 +176,7 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			[addr] (default is current line).
 
 :[addr]@							*:@@*
-:[addr]@@		Repeat the previous :@{0-9a-z"}.  First set cursor at
+:[addr]@@		Repeat the previous :@{register}.  First set cursor at
 			line [addr] (default is current line).
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -414,13 +424,13 @@ with CTRL-V followed by the three digit decimal code.  This does NOT work for
 the <t_xx> termcap codes, these can only be used in mappings.
 
 							*:source_crnl* *W15*
-MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2: Files that are read with ":source" normally have
+Win32: Files that are read with ":source" normally have <CR><NL> <EOL>s.
-<CR><NL> <EOL>s.  These always work.  If you are using a file with <NL> <EOL>s
+These always work.  If you are using a file with <NL> <EOL>s (for example, a
-(for example, a file made on Unix), this will be recognized if 'fileformats'
+file made on Unix), this will be recognized if 'fileformats' is not empty and
-is not empty and the first line does not end in a <CR>.  This fails if the
+the first line does not end in a <CR>.  This fails if the first line has
-first line has something like ":map <F1> :help^M", where "^M" is a <CR>.  If
+something like ":map <F1> :help^M", where "^M" is a <CR>.  If the first line
-the first line ends in a <CR>, but following ones don't, you will get an error
+ends in a <CR>, but following ones don't, you will get an error message,
-message, because the <CR> from the first lines will be lost.
+because the <CR> from the first lines will be lost.
 
 Mac Classic: Files that are read with ":source" normally have <CR> <EOL>s.
 These always work.  If you are using a file with <NL> <EOL>s (for example, a
@@ -430,7 +440,7 @@ linebreaks which has a <CR> in first line.
 
 On other systems, Vim expects ":source"ed files to end in a <NL>.  These
 always work.  If you are using a file with <CR><NL> <EOL>s (for example, a
-file made on MS-DOS), all lines will have a trailing <CR>.  This may cause
+file made on MS-Windows), all lines will have a trailing <CR>.  This may cause
 problems for some commands (e.g., mappings).  There is no automatic <EOL>
 detection, because it's common to start with a line that defines a mapping
 that ends in a <CR>, which will confuse the automaton.

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,6 +215,9 @@ When there is a line break right after a sentence the highlighting of the next
 line may be postponed.  Use |CTRL-L| when needed.  Also see |set-spc-auto| for
 how it can be set automatically when 'spelllang' is set.
 
+The 'spelloptions' option has a few more flags that influence the way spell
+checking works.
+
 Vim counts the number of times a good word is encountered.  This is used to
 sort the suggestions: words that have been seen before get a small bonus,
 words that have been seen often get a bigger bonus.  The COMMON item in the
@@ -326,25 +329,25 @@ Exceptions:
   spell file is used.
 
 For example, with these values:
-	'runtimepath' is "~/.vim,/usr/share/vim81,~/.vim/after"
+	'runtimepath' is "~/.vim,/usr/share/vim82,~/.vim/after"
 	'encoding'    is "iso-8859-2"
 	'spelllang'   is "pl"
 
 Vim will look for:
 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl
-2. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl
+2. /usr/share/vim82/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl
 3. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
-4. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
+4. /usr/share/vim82/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
 5. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
 
 This assumes 1. is not found and 2. is found.
 
 If 'encoding' is "latin1" Vim will look for:
 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.latin1.spl
-2. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.latin1.spl
+2. /usr/share/vim82/spell/pl.latin1.spl
 3. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.latin1.spl
 4. ~/.vim/spell/pl.ascii.spl
-5. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.ascii.spl
+5. /usr/share/vim82/spell/pl.ascii.spl
 6. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.ascii.spl
 
 This assumes none of them are found (Polish doesn't make sense when leaving

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 11
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -58,10 +58,12 @@ filename	One or more file names.  The first one will be the current
 		that is read from stdin.  The commands that would normally be
 		read from stdin will now be read from stderr.  Example: >
 			find . -name "*.c" -print | vim -
-<		The buffer will not be marked as modified, so that it's easy
+
-		to exit.  Be careful to mark it as modified if you don't want
+<		The buffer will be marked as modified, so that you are
-		to accidentally lose it.  Example: >
+		reminded to save the text when trying to exit.  If you don't
-			ls | view -
+		like that, put this these lines in your vimrc: >
+			" Don't set 'modified' when reading from stdin
+			au StdinReadPost * set nomodified
 <
 		Starting in Ex mode: >
 			ex -
@@ -108,7 +110,7 @@ vimdiff vim -d	    Start in diff mode |diff-mode|
 gvimdiff vim -gd    Start in diff mode |diff-mode|
 
 Additional characters may follow, they are ignored.  For example, you can have
-"gvim-5" to start the GUI.  You must have an executable by that name then, of
+"gvim-8" to start the GUI.  You must have an executable by that name then, of
 course.
 
 On Unix, you would normally have one executable called Vim, and links from the
@@ -760,7 +762,7 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 
 1. Set the 'shell' and 'term' option		*SHELL* *COMSPEC* *TERM*
 	The environment variable SHELL, if it exists, is used to set the
-	'shell' option.  On MS-DOS and Win32, the COMSPEC variable is used
+	'shell' option.  On Win32, the COMSPEC variable is used
 	if SHELL is not set.
 	The environment variable TERM, if it exists, is used to set the 'term'
 	option.  However, 'term' will change later when starting the GUI (step
@@ -784,12 +786,11 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 
 	Places for your personal initializations:
 		Unix		$HOME/.vimrc or $HOME/.vim/vimrc
-		OS/2		$HOME/.vimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/vimrc
-				or $VIM/.vimrc (or _vimrc)
 		MS-Windows	$HOME/_vimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/vimrc
 				or $VIM/_vimrc
 		Amiga		s:.vimrc, home:.vimrc, home:vimfiles:vimrc
 				or $VIM/.vimrc
+		Haiku		$HOME/config/settings/vim/vimrc
 
 	The files are searched in the order specified above and only the first
 	one that is found is read.
@@ -811,13 +812,12 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
      a. If vim was started as |evim| or |eview| or with the |-y| argument, the
 	script $VIMRUNTIME/evim.vim will be loaded.
 							*system-vimrc*
-     b. For Unix, MS-DOS, MS-Windows, OS/2, VMS, Macintosh, RISC-OS and Amiga
+     b. For Unix, MS-Windows, VMS, Macintosh and Amiga the system vimrc file
-	the system vimrc file is read for initializations.  The path of this
+	is read for initializations.  The path of this file is shown with the
-	file is shown with the ":version" command.  Mostly it's "$VIM/vimrc".
+	":version" command.  Mostly it's "$VIM/vimrc".  Note that this file is
-	Note that this file is ALWAYS read in 'compatible' mode, since the
+	ALWAYS read in 'compatible' mode, since the automatic resetting of
-	automatic resetting of 'compatible' is only done later.  Add a ":set
+	'compatible' is only done later.  Add a ":set nocp" command if you
-	nocp" command if you like.
+	like.  For the Macintosh the $VIMRUNTIME/macmap.vim is read.
-	For the Macintosh the $VIMRUNTIME/macmap.vim is read.
 
 	  *VIMINIT* *.vimrc* *_vimrc* *EXINIT* *.exrc* *_exrc* *$MYVIMRC*
      c. Five places are searched for initializations.  The first that exists
@@ -827,22 +827,24 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	I   The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
 	    The value of $VIMINIT is used as an Ex command line.
 	II  The user vimrc file(s):
-		    "$HOME/.vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
+		    "$HOME/.vimrc"	   (for Unix) (*)
-		    "$HOME/.vim/vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
+		    "$HOME/.vim/vimrc"	   (for Unix) (*)
 		    "s:.vimrc"		   (for Amiga) (*)
 		    "home:.vimrc"	   (for Amiga) (*)
 		    "home:vimfiles:vimrc"  (for Amiga) (*)
-		    "$VIM/.vimrc"	   (for OS/2 and Amiga) (*)
+		    "$VIM/.vimrc"	   (for Amiga) (*)
-		    "$HOME/_vimrc"	   (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$HOME/_vimrc"	   (for Win32) (*)
-		    "$HOME/vimfiles/vimrc" (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$HOME/vimfiles/vimrc" (for Win32) (*)
-		    "$VIM/_vimrc"	   (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$VIM/_vimrc"	   (for Win32) (*)
-		Note: For Unix, OS/2 and Amiga, when ".vimrc" does not exist,
+		    "$HOME/config/settings/vim/vimrc"	(for Haiku) (*)
+
+		Note: For Unix and Amiga, when ".vimrc" does not exist,
 		"_vimrc" is also tried, in case an MS-DOS compatible file
-		system is used.  For MS-DOS and Win32 ".vimrc" is checked
+		system is used.  For MS-Windows ".vimrc" is checked after
-		after "_vimrc", in case long file names are used.
+		"_vimrc", in case long file names are used.
-		Note: For MS-DOS and Win32, "$HOME" is checked first.  If no
+		Note: For Win32, "$HOME" is checked first.  If no "_vimrc" or
-		"_vimrc" or ".vimrc" is found there, "$VIM" is tried.
+		".vimrc" is found there, "$VIM" is tried.  See |$VIM| for when
-		See |$VIM| for when $VIM is not set.
+		$VIM is not set.
 	III The environment variable EXINIT.
 	    The value of $EXINIT is used as an Ex command line.
 	IV  The user exrc file(s).  Same as for the user vimrc file, but with
@@ -855,12 +857,12 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
      d. If the 'exrc' option is on (which is NOT the default), the current
 	directory is searched for three files.  The first that exists is used,
 	the others are ignored.
-	-  The file ".vimrc" (for Unix, Amiga and OS/2) (*)
+	-  The file ".vimrc" (for Unix, Amiga) (*)
-		    "_vimrc" (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "_vimrc" (for Win32) (*)
-	-  The file "_vimrc" (for Unix, Amiga and OS/2) (*)
+	-  The file "_vimrc" (for Unix, Amiga) (*)
-		    ".vimrc" (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    ".vimrc" (for Win32) (*)
-	-  The file ".exrc"  (for Unix, Amiga and OS/2)
+	-  The file ".exrc"  (for Unix, Amiga)
-		    "_exrc"  (for MS-DOS and Win32)
+		    "_exrc"  (for Win32)
 
      (*) Using this file or environment variable will cause 'compatible' to be
 	 off by default.  See |compatible-default|.
@@ -948,17 +950,19 @@ Some hints on using initializations ~
 Standard setup:
 Create a vimrc file to set the default settings and mappings for all your edit
 sessions.  Put it in a place so that it will be found by 3b:
-	~/.vimrc	(Unix and OS/2)
+	~/.vimrc	(Unix)
 	s:.vimrc	(Amiga)
-	$VIM\_vimrc	(MS-DOS and Win32)
+	$VIM\_vimrc	(Win32)
+	~/config/settings/vim/vimrc (Haiku)
+
 Note that creating a vimrc file will cause the 'compatible' option to be off
 by default.  See |compatible-default|.
 
 Local setup:
 Put all commands that you need for editing a specific directory only into a
 vimrc file and place it in that directory under the name ".vimrc" ("_vimrc"
-for MS-DOS and Win32).  NOTE: To make Vim look for these special files you
+for Win32).  NOTE: To make Vim look for these special files you have to turn
-have to turn on the option 'exrc'.  See |trojan-horse| too.
+on the option 'exrc'.  See |trojan-horse| too.
 
 System setup:
 This only applies if you are managing a Unix system with several users and
@@ -988,12 +992,11 @@ manual.  The environment variables set with the old Manx Set command (before
 version 5.0) are not recognized.
 
 
-MS-DOS line separators ~
+MS-Windows line separators ~
 
-On MS-DOS-like systems (MS-DOS itself, Win32, and OS/2), Vim assumes that all
+On MS-Windows, Vim assumes that all the vimrc files have <CR> <NL> pairs as
-the vimrc files have <CR> <NL> pairs as line separators.  This will give
+line separators.  This will give problems if you have a file with only <NL>s
-problems if you have a file with only <NL>s and have a line like
+and have a line like ":map xx yy^M".  The trailing ^M will be ignored.
-":map xx yy^M".  The trailing ^M will be ignored.
 
 
 Vi compatible default value ~
@@ -1144,12 +1147,12 @@ will try to get the value for $VIM in this order:
    variable too (the default is "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt": chicken-egg
    problem).  The file name ("help.txt" or any other) is removed.  Then
    trailing directory names are removed, in this order: "doc", "runtime" and
-   "vim{version}" (e.g., "vim54").
+   "vim{version}" (e.g., "vim82").
-3. For MSDOS, Win32 and OS/2 Vim tries to use the directory name of the
+3. For Win32 Vim tries to use the directory name of the executable.  If it
-   executable.  If it ends in "/src", this is removed.  This is useful if you
+   ends in "/src", this is removed.  This is useful if you unpacked the .zip
-   unpacked the .zip file in some directory, and adjusted the search path to
+   file in some directory, and adjusted the search path to find the vim
-   find the vim executable.  Trailing directory names are removed, in this
+   executable.  Trailing directory names are removed, in this order: "runtime"
-   order: "runtime" and "vim{version}" (e.g., "vim54").
+   and "vim{version}" (e.g., "vim82").
 4. For Unix the compile-time defined installation directory is used (see the
    output of ":version").
 
@@ -1167,7 +1170,7 @@ is the order used to find the value of $VIMRUNTIME:
 1. If the environment variable $VIMRUNTIME is set, it is used.  You can use
    this when the runtime files are in an unusual location.
 2. If "$VIM/vim{version}" exists, it is used.  {version} is the version
-   number of Vim, without any '-' or '.'.  For example: "$VIM/vim54".  This is
+   number of Vim, without any '-' or '.'.  For example: "$VIM/vim82".  This is
    the normal value for $VIMRUNTIME.
 3. If "$VIM/runtime" exists, it is used.
 4. The value of $VIM is used.  This is for backwards compatibility with older
@@ -1179,11 +1182,11 @@ For Unix, when there is a compiled-in default for $VIMRUNTIME (check the
 output of ":version"), steps 2, 3 and 4 are skipped, and the compiled-in
 default is used after step 5.  This means that the compiled-in default
 overrules the value of $VIM.  This is useful if $VIM is "/etc" and the runtime
-files are in "/usr/share/vim/vim54".
+files are in "/usr/share/vim/vim82".
 
 Once Vim has done this once, it will set the $VIMRUNTIME environment variable.
 To change it later, use a ":let" command like this: >
-	:let $VIMRUNTIME = "/home/piet/vim/vim54"
+	:let $VIMRUNTIME = "/home/piet/vim/vim82"
 
 In case you need the value of $VIMRUNTIME in a shell (e.g., for a script that
 greps in the help files) you might be able to use this: >
@@ -1212,8 +1215,8 @@ CTRL-Z			Suspend Vim, like ":stop".
 			buffers are not written, don't forget to bring Vim
 			back to the foreground later!
 
-In the GUI, suspending is implemented as iconising gvim.  In Windows 95/NT,
+In the GUI, suspending is implemented as iconising gvim.  In MS-Windows, gvim
-gvim is minimized.
+is minimized.
 
 On many Unix systems, it is possible to suspend Vim with CTRL-Z.  This is only
 possible in Normal and Visual mode (see next chapter, |vim-modes|).  Vim will
@@ -1280,7 +1283,7 @@ with ":map" and ":set" commands and write the modified file.  First read the
 default ".vimrc" in with a command like ":source ~piet/.vimrc.Cprogs", change
 the settings and then save them in the current directory with ":mkvimrc!".  If
 you want to make this file your default .vimrc, move it to your home directory
-(on Unix), s: (Amiga) or $VIM directory (MS-DOS).  You could also use
+(on Unix), s: (Amiga) or $VIM directory (MS-Windows).  You could also use
 autocommands |autocommand| and/or modelines |modeline|.
 
 						*vimrc-option-example*
@@ -1541,8 +1544,8 @@ about to abandon with ":bdel", use ":wv".  The '[' and ']' marks are not
 stored, but the '"' mark is.  The '"' mark is very useful for jumping to the
 cursor position when the file was last exited.  No marks are saved for files
 that start with any string given with the "r" flag in 'viminfo'.  This can be
-used to avoid saving marks for files on removable media (for MS-DOS you would
+used to avoid saving marks for files on removable media (for MS-Windows you
-use "ra:,rb:", for Amiga "rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:").
+would use "ra:,rb:", for Amiga "rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:").
 The |v:oldfiles| variable is filled with the file names that the viminfo file
 has marks for.
 
@@ -1573,11 +1576,10 @@ remembered.
 
 VIMINFO FILE NAME					*viminfo-file-name*
 
-- The default name of the viminfo file is "$HOME/.viminfo" for Unix and OS/2,
+- The default name of the viminfo file is "$HOME/.viminfo" for Unix,
-  "s:.viminfo" for Amiga, "$HOME\_viminfo" for MS-DOS and Win32.  For the last
+  "s:.viminfo" for Amiga, "$HOME\_viminfo" for Win32.  For Win32, when $HOME
-  two, when $HOME is not set, "$VIM\_viminfo" is used.  When $VIM is also not
+  is not set, "$VIM\_viminfo" is used.  When $VIM is also not set,
-  set, "c:\_viminfo" is used.  For OS/2 "$VIM/.viminfo" is used when $HOME is
+  "c:\_viminfo" is used.
-  not set and $VIM is set.
 - The 'n' flag in the 'viminfo' option can be used to specify another viminfo
   file name |'viminfo'|.
 - The "-i" Vim argument can be used to set another file name, |-i|.  When the

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
 the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|).  Usually this works just
 fine.  If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
 directory where the Vim stuff is located.  For example, if your syntax files
-are in the "/usr/vim/vim81/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
+are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
-"/usr/vim/vim81".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
+"/usr/vim/vim82".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
 This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
 will start soon.  See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
 
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ with: >
 For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
 For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
 
-NOTE: The syntax files on MS-DOS and Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
+NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
 The files for Unix end in <NL>.  This means you should use the right type of
-file for your system.  Although on MS-DOS and Windows the right format is
+file for your system.  Although on MS-Windows the right format is
 automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
 
 NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
 and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
 an error when using other characters.
 
-To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
+To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
 These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
 you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
@@ -1214,11 +1214,13 @@ DESKTOP					   *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
 
 Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
 according to freedesktop.org standard:
-http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
+https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
-But actually almost none implements this standard fully.  Thus it will
+To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
-highlight all Unix ini files.  But you can force strict highlighting according
+	let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
-to standard by placing this in your vimrc file: >
+Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
-	:let enforce_freedesktop_standard = 1
+To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
+	let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
+g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
 
 
 DIFF							*diff.vim*
@@ -2315,7 +2317,7 @@ contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
 
 PAPP						*papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
 
-The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extend, .pxml
+The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
 and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
 as the top-level file format.  By default everything inside phtml or pxml
 sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands.  If
@@ -2687,12 +2689,12 @@ Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
 
 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
 
-The Quake syntax definition should work for most any FPS (First Person
+The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
-Shooter) based on one of the Quake engines.  However, the command names vary
+based on one of the Quake engines.  However, the command names vary a bit
-a bit between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the
+between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
-syntax definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow
+definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
-users to specify what commands are legal in their files.  The three variables
+to specify what commands are legal in their files.  The three variables can
-can be set for the following effects:
+be set for the following effects:
 
 set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
 	:let quake_is_quake1 = 1
@@ -2761,6 +2763,13 @@ This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
 later, and part earlier) adds.
 
 
+REGO						*rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
+
+Rego is a query language developed by Styra.  It is mostly used as a policy
+language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything.  Files with
+the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
+
+
 RESTRUCTURED TEXT			*rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
 
 Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
@@ -3021,7 +3030,7 @@ variables in your <.vimrc>:
 
    ksh: >
 	let g:is_kornshell = 1
-<   posix:  (using this is the nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
+<   posix:  (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
 	let g:is_posix     = 1
 <   bash: >
 	let g:is_bash	   = 1
@@ -3629,6 +3638,26 @@ DEFINING CASE						*:syn-case* *E390*
 :sy[ntax] case
 	Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore" (translated).
 
+
+DEFINING FOLDLEVEL					*:syn-foldlevel*
+
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel [start | minimum]
+	This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
+	foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
+
+	start:		Use level of item containing start of line.
+	minimum:	Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
+
+	The default is 'start'.  Use 'minimum' to search a line horizontally
+	for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
+	higher level.  This produces more natural folds when syntax items
+	may close and open horizontally within a line.
+
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel
+	Show either "syntax foldlevel start" or "syntax foldlevel minimum".
+
+	{not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
+
 SPELL CHECKING						*:syn-spell*
 
 :sy[ntax] spell [toplevel | notoplevel | default]
@@ -4092,6 +4121,8 @@ This will make each {} block form one fold.
 The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
 ends.  If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
 The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
+See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
+from its syntax items.
 {not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
 
 
@@ -4505,8 +4536,8 @@ two different ways:
 	  (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
 	  All matching files are loaded.  Using a relative path is
 	  recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
-	  with his own version, without replacing the file that does the ":syn
+	  with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
-	  include".
+	  ":syn include".
 
 						*E847*
 The maximum number of includes is 999.
@@ -4820,7 +4851,7 @@ mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 					*highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
 There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
 term	a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
-cterm	a color terminal (MS-DOS console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
+cterm	a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
 	termcap entry)
 gui	the GUI
 
@@ -4850,7 +4881,12 @@ term={attr-list}			*attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
 	have the same effect.
 	"undercurl" is a curly underline.  When "undercurl" is not possible
 	then "underline" is used.  In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
-	is only available in the GUI.  The color is set with |highlight-guisp|.
+	are only available in the GUI and some terminals.  The color is set
+	with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|.  You can try these
+	termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
+	    let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
+	    let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
+
 
 start={term-list}				*highlight-start* *E422*
 stop={term-list}				*term-list* *highlight-stop*
@@ -4894,6 +4930,10 @@ cterm={attr-list}					*highlight-cterm*
 
 ctermfg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
 ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
+ctermul={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermul*
+	These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
+	underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
+
 	The {color-nr} argument is a color number.  Its range is zero to
 	(not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
 	The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
@@ -4907,9 +4947,9 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
 	for each user.	See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
 
-	The MSDOS standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so these
+	The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
-	have been used for the names.  But the meaning of color names in X11
+	these have been used for the names.  But the meaning of color names in
-	are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
+	X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
 	highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?).  The
 	following names are recognized, with the color number used:
 
@@ -4971,11 +5011,11 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	needs to reset the color when exiting.	This is done with the "op"
 	termcap entry |t_op|.  If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
 	't_op' option in your .vimrc.
-							*E419* *E420*
+							*E419* *E420* *E453*
-	When Vim knows the normal foreground and background colors, "fg" and
+	When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
-	"bg" can be used as color names.  This only works after setting the
+	"fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names.  This only works after
-	colors for the Normal group and for the MS-DOS console.  Example, for
+	setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
-	reverse video: >
+	console.  Example, for reverse video: >
 	    :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
 <	Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
 	command are given.  If the Normal group colors are changed later, the

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ something else.
 		    :+tabclose	    " close the next tab page
 		    :1tabclose	    " close the first tab page
 		    :$tabclose	    " close the last tab page
-		    :tabclose -2    " close the two previous tab page
+		    :tabclose -2    " close the 2nd previous tab page 
 		    :tabclose +	    " close the next tab page
 		    :tabclose 3	    " close the third tab page
 		    :tabclose $	    " close the last tab page

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -810,6 +810,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'pyx'	options.txt	/*'pyx'*
 'pyxversion'	options.txt	/*'pyxversion'*
 'qe'	options.txt	/*'qe'*
+'qftf'	options.txt	/*'qftf'*
+'quickfixtextfunc'	options.txt	/*'quickfixtextfunc'*
 'quote	motion.txt	/*'quote*
 'quoteescape'	options.txt	/*'quoteescape'*
 'rdt'	options.txt	/*'rdt'*
@@ -913,11 +915,13 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'spellcapcheck'	options.txt	/*'spellcapcheck'*
 'spellfile'	options.txt	/*'spellfile'*
 'spelllang'	options.txt	/*'spelllang'*
+'spelloptions'	options.txt	/*'spelloptions'*
 'spellsuggest'	options.txt	/*'spellsuggest'*
 'spf'	options.txt	/*'spf'*
 'spl'	options.txt	/*'spl'*
 'splitbelow'	options.txt	/*'splitbelow'*
 'splitright'	options.txt	/*'splitright'*
+'spo'	options.txt	/*'spo'*
 'spr'	options.txt	/*'spr'*
 'sps'	options.txt	/*'sps'*
 'sr'	options.txt	/*'sr'*
@@ -956,10 +960,12 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_&8'	term.txt	/*'t_&8'*
 't_8b'	term.txt	/*'t_8b'*
 't_8f'	term.txt	/*'t_8f'*
+'t_8u'	term.txt	/*'t_8u'*
 't_@7'	term.txt	/*'t_@7'*
 't_AB'	term.txt	/*'t_AB'*
 't_AF'	term.txt	/*'t_AF'*
 't_AL'	term.txt	/*'t_AL'*
+'t_AU'	term.txt	/*'t_AU'*
 't_BD'	term.txt	/*'t_BD'*
 't_BE'	term.txt	/*'t_BE'*
 't_CS'	term.txt	/*'t_CS'*
@@ -1267,6 +1273,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +X11	various.txt	/*+X11*
 +acl	various.txt	/*+acl*
 +arabic	various.txt	/*+arabic*
++autochdir	various.txt	/*+autochdir*
 +autocmd	various.txt	/*+autocmd*
 +autoservername	various.txt	/*+autoservername*
 +balloon_eval	various.txt	/*+balloon_eval*
@@ -1314,6 +1321,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +iconv	various.txt	/*+iconv*
 +iconv/dyn	various.txt	/*+iconv\/dyn*
 +insert_expand	various.txt	/*+insert_expand*
++ipv6	various.txt	/*+ipv6*
 +job	various.txt	/*+job*
 +jumplist	various.txt	/*+jumplist*
 +keymap	various.txt	/*+keymap*
@@ -1920,6 +1928,10 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 45.3	usr_45.txt	/*45.3*
 45.4	usr_45.txt	/*45.4*
 45.5	usr_45.txt	/*45.5*
+46.1	usr_46.txt	/*46.1*
+46.2	usr_46.txt	/*46.2*
+46.3	usr_46.txt	/*46.3*
+46.?	usr_46.txt	/*46.?*
 8g8	various.txt	/*8g8*
 90.1	usr_90.txt	/*90.1*
 90.2	usr_90.txt	/*90.2*
@@ -2270,6 +2282,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :command-completion-custom	map.txt	/*:command-completion-custom*
 :command-completion-customlist	map.txt	/*:command-completion-customlist*
 :command-count	map.txt	/*:command-count*
+:command-modifiers	map.txt	/*:command-modifiers*
 :command-nargs	map.txt	/*:command-nargs*
 :command-range	map.txt	/*:command-range*
 :command-register	map.txt	/*:command-register*
@@ -2313,6 +2326,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :debug-name	repeat.txt	/*:debug-name*
 :debugg	repeat.txt	/*:debugg*
 :debuggreedy	repeat.txt	/*:debuggreedy*
+:def	vim9.txt	/*:def*
+:defc	vim9.txt	/*:defc*
+:defcompile	vim9.txt	/*:defcompile*
 :del	change.txt	/*:del*
 :delc	map.txt	/*:delc*
 :delcommand	map.txt	/*:delcommand*
@@ -2340,6 +2356,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :diffupdate	diff.txt	/*:diffupdate*
 :dig	digraph.txt	/*:dig*
 :digraphs	digraph.txt	/*:digraphs*
+:disa	vim9.txt	/*:disa*
+:disassemble	vim9.txt	/*:disassemble*
 :display	change.txt	/*:display*
 :dj	tagsrch.txt	/*:dj*
 :djump	tagsrch.txt	/*:djump*
@@ -2384,6 +2402,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :emenu	gui.txt	/*:emenu*
 :en	eval.txt	/*:en*
 :end	eval.txt	/*:end*
+:enddef	vim9.txt	/*:enddef*
 :endf	eval.txt	/*:endf*
 :endfo	eval.txt	/*:endfo*
 :endfor	eval.txt	/*:endfor*
@@ -2404,6 +2423,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :execute	eval.txt	/*:execute*
 :exi	editing.txt	/*:exi*
 :exit	editing.txt	/*:exit*
+:exp	vim9.txt	/*:exp*
+:export	vim9.txt	/*:export*
 :exu	helphelp.txt	/*:exu*
 :exusage	helphelp.txt	/*:exusage*
 :f	editing.txt	/*:f*
@@ -2506,6 +2527,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :imapclear	map.txt	/*:imapclear*
 :ime	gui.txt	/*:ime*
 :imenu	gui.txt	/*:imenu*
+:imp	vim9.txt	/*:imp*
+:import	vim9.txt	/*:import*
+:import-cycle	vim9.txt	/*:import-cycle*
 :in	insert.txt	/*:in*
 :index	index.txt	/*:index*
 :ino	map.txt	/*:ino*
@@ -2573,6 +2597,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :lbuffer	quickfix.txt	/*:lbuffer*
 :lc	editing.txt	/*:lc*
 :lcd	editing.txt	/*:lcd*
+:lcd-	editing.txt	/*:lcd-*
 :lch	editing.txt	/*:lch*
 :lchdir	editing.txt	/*:lchdir*
 :lcl	quickfix.txt	/*:lcl*
@@ -2880,6 +2905,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :put	change.txt	/*:put*
 :pw	editing.txt	/*:pw*
 :pwd	editing.txt	/*:pwd*
+:pwd-verbose	editing.txt	/*:pwd-verbose*
 :py	if_pyth.txt	/*:py*
 :py3	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3*
 :py3do	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3do*
@@ -3183,6 +3209,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :syn-file-remarks	syntax.txt	/*:syn-file-remarks*
 :syn-files	syntax.txt	/*:syn-files*
 :syn-fold	syntax.txt	/*:syn-fold*
+:syn-foldlevel	syntax.txt	/*:syn-foldlevel*
 :syn-include	syntax.txt	/*:syn-include*
 :syn-iskeyword	syntax.txt	/*:syn-iskeyword*
 :syn-keepend	syntax.txt	/*:syn-keepend*
@@ -3263,6 +3290,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :tags	tagsrch.txt	/*:tags*
 :tc	if_tcl.txt	/*:tc*
 :tcd	editing.txt	/*:tcd*
+:tcd-	editing.txt	/*:tcd-*
 :tch	editing.txt	/*:tch*
 :tchdir	editing.txt	/*:tchdir*
 :tcl	if_tcl.txt	/*:tcl*
@@ -3354,6 +3382,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :vie	editing.txt	/*:vie*
 :view	editing.txt	/*:view*
 :vim	quickfix.txt	/*:vim*
+:vim9	vim9.txt	/*:vim9*
+:vim9script	vim9.txt	/*:vim9script*
 :vimgrep	quickfix.txt	/*:vimgrep*
 :vimgrepa	quickfix.txt	/*:vimgrepa*
 :vimgrepadd	quickfix.txt	/*:vimgrepadd*
@@ -3834,6 +3864,7 @@ Command-line	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line*
 Command-line-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line-mode*
 CompleteChanged	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteChanged*
 CompleteDone	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDone*
+CompleteDonePre	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDonePre*
 ConPTY	terminal.txt	/*ConPTY*
 Contents	quickref.txt	/*Contents*
 Cscope	if_cscop.txt	/*Cscope*
@@ -3861,6 +3892,7 @@ E101	diff.txt	/*E101*
 E102	diff.txt	/*E102*
 E103	diff.txt	/*E103*
 E104	digraph.txt	/*E104*
+E1042	vim9.txt	/*E1042*
 E105	mbyte.txt	/*E105*
 E107	eval.txt	/*E107*
 E108	eval.txt	/*E108*
@@ -4061,6 +4093,7 @@ E287	mbyte.txt	/*E287*
 E288	mbyte.txt	/*E288*
 E289	mbyte.txt	/*E289*
 E29	change.txt	/*E29*
+E292	message.txt	/*E292*
 E293	message.txt	/*E293*
 E294	message.txt	/*E294*
 E295	message.txt	/*E295*
@@ -4230,12 +4263,15 @@ E447	editing.txt	/*E447*
 E448	various.txt	/*E448*
 E449	eval.txt	/*E449*
 E45	message.txt	/*E45*
+E452	eval.txt	/*E452*
+E453	syntax.txt	/*E453*
 E455	print.txt	/*E455*
 E456	print.txt	/*E456*
 E457	print.txt	/*E457*
 E458	message.txt	/*E458*
 E459	message.txt	/*E459*
 E46	message.txt	/*E46*
+E460	eval.txt	/*E460*
 E461	eval.txt	/*E461*
 E462	editing.txt	/*E462*
 E463	netbeans.txt	/*E463*
@@ -4347,6 +4383,7 @@ E561	if_cscop.txt	/*E561*
 E562	if_cscop.txt	/*E562*
 E563	if_cscop.txt	/*E563*
 E564	if_cscop.txt	/*E564*
+E565	insert.txt	/*E565*
 E566	if_cscop.txt	/*E566*
 E567	if_cscop.txt	/*E567*
 E568	if_cscop.txt	/*E568*
@@ -4358,6 +4395,7 @@ E574	starting.txt	/*E574*
 E575	starting.txt	/*E575*
 E576	starting.txt	/*E576*
 E577	starting.txt	/*E577*
+E578	insert.txt	/*E578*
 E579	eval.txt	/*E579*
 E580	eval.txt	/*E580*
 E581	eval.txt	/*E581*
@@ -4659,7 +4697,9 @@ E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
 E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
 E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
+E861	popup.txt	/*E861*
 E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
+E863	popup.txt	/*E863*
 E864	pattern.txt	/*E864*
 E865	pattern.txt	/*E865*
 E866	pattern.txt	/*E866*
@@ -4699,6 +4739,7 @@ E897	eval.txt	/*E897*
 E898	channel.txt	/*E898*
 E899	eval.txt	/*E899*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
+E900	eval.txt	/*E900*
 E901	channel.txt	/*E901*
 E902	channel.txt	/*E902*
 E903	channel.txt	/*E903*
@@ -4753,7 +4794,7 @@ E947	terminal.txt	/*E947*
 E948	terminal.txt	/*E948*
 E949	editing.txt	/*E949*
 E95	message.txt	/*E95*
-E950	message.txt	/*E950*
+E950	options.txt	/*E950*
 E951	pattern.txt	/*E951*
 E952	autocmd.txt	/*E952*
 E953	terminal.txt	/*E953*
@@ -4805,6 +4846,7 @@ E994	eval.txt	/*E994*
 E995	eval.txt	/*E995*
 E996	eval.txt	/*E996*
 E997	popup.txt	/*E997*
+E998	eval.txt	/*E998*
 E999	repeat.txt	/*E999*
 EX	intro.txt	/*EX*
 EXINIT	starting.txt	/*EXINIT*
@@ -4857,6 +4899,7 @@ GetLatestVimScripts-copyright	pi_getscript.txt	/*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
 GetLatestVimScripts_dat	pi_getscript.txt	/*GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
 Gnome	gui_x11.txt	/*Gnome*
 H	motion.txt	/*H*
+Haiku	os_haiku.txt	/*Haiku*
 I	insert.txt	/*I*
 ICCF	uganda.txt	/*ICCF*
 IM-server	mbyte.txt	/*IM-server*
@@ -5024,6 +5067,7 @@ SessionLoad-variable	starting.txt	/*SessionLoad-variable*
 SessionLoadPost	autocmd.txt	/*SessionLoadPost*
 ShellCmdPost	autocmd.txt	/*ShellCmdPost*
 ShellFilterPost	autocmd.txt	/*ShellFilterPost*
+SigUSR1	autocmd.txt	/*SigUSR1*
 SourceCmd	autocmd.txt	/*SourceCmd*
 SourcePost	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePost*
 SourcePre	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePre*
@@ -5415,20 +5459,7 @@ bars	help.txt	/*bars*
 base_font_name_list	mbyte.txt	/*base_font_name_list*
 basic.vim	syntax.txt	/*basic.vim*
 beep	options.txt	/*beep*
-beos-colors	os_beos.txt	/*beos-colors*
+beos	os_beos.txt	/*beos*
-beos-compiling	os_beos.txt	/*beos-compiling*
-beos-dragndrop	os_beos.txt	/*beos-dragndrop*
-beos-fonts	os_beos.txt	/*beos-fonts*
-beos-general	os_beos.txt	/*beos-general*
-beos-gui	os_beos.txt	/*beos-gui*
-beos-launch	os_beos.txt	/*beos-launch*
-beos-meta	os_beos.txt	/*beos-meta*
-beos-mouse	os_beos.txt	/*beos-mouse*
-beos-perl	os_beos.txt	/*beos-perl*
-beos-timeout	os_beos.txt	/*beos-timeout*
-beos-unicode	os_beos.txt	/*beos-unicode*
-beos-utf8	os_beos.txt	/*beos-utf8*
-beos-vimdir	os_beos.txt	/*beos-vimdir*
 better-python-interface	version7.txt	/*better-python-interface*
 beval_bufnr-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_bufnr-variable*
 beval_col-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_col-variable*
@@ -5808,6 +5839,7 @@ complete-item-kind	insert.txt	/*complete-item-kind*
 complete-items	insert.txt	/*complete-items*
 complete-popup	insert.txt	/*complete-popup*
 complete-popuphidden	insert.txt	/*complete-popuphidden*
+complete-script-local-functions	cmdline.txt	/*complete-script-local-functions*
 complete_CTRL-E	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-E*
 complete_CTRL-Y	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-Y*
 complete_add()	eval.txt	/*complete_add()*
@@ -5989,7 +6021,6 @@ debug.txt	debug.txt	/*debug.txt*
 debugbreak()	eval.txt	/*debugbreak()*
 debugger-compilation	debugger.txt	/*debugger-compilation*
 debugger-features	debugger.txt	/*debugger-features*
-debugger-integration	debugger.txt	/*debugger-integration*
 debugger-support	debugger.txt	/*debugger-support*
 debugger.txt	debugger.txt	/*debugger.txt*
 dec-mouse	options.txt	/*dec-mouse*
@@ -6097,6 +6128,7 @@ dtd2vim	insert.txt	/*dtd2vim*
 dying-variable	eval.txt	/*dying-variable*
 e	motion.txt	/*e*
 easy	starting.txt	/*easy*
+echoraw()	eval.txt	/*echoraw()*
 echospace-variable	eval.txt	/*echospace-variable*
 edit-a-file	editing.txt	/*edit-a-file*
 edit-binary	editing.txt	/*edit-binary*
@@ -6105,6 +6137,7 @@ edit-files	editing.txt	/*edit-files*
 edit-intro	editing.txt	/*edit-intro*
 edit-no-break	usr_25.txt	/*edit-no-break*
 edit-paragraph-join	usr_25.txt	/*edit-paragraph-join*
+edit-window	windows.txt	/*edit-window*
 editing.txt	editing.txt	/*editing.txt*
 efm-%>	quickfix.txt	/*efm-%>*
 efm-entries	quickfix.txt	/*efm-entries*
@@ -6276,6 +6309,7 @@ faq	intro.txt	/*faq*
 farsi	farsi.txt	/*farsi*
 farsi.txt	farsi.txt	/*farsi.txt*
 fasm.vim	syntax.txt	/*fasm.vim*
+fast-functions	vim9.txt	/*fast-functions*
 fcs_choice-variable	eval.txt	/*fcs_choice-variable*
 fcs_reason-variable	eval.txt	/*fcs_reason-variable*
 feature-list	eval.txt	/*feature-list*
@@ -6304,6 +6338,7 @@ filetype.txt	filetype.txt	/*filetype.txt*
 filetypedetect-changed	version6.txt	/*filetypedetect-changed*
 filetypes	filetype.txt	/*filetypes*
 filewritable()	eval.txt	/*filewritable()*
+filler-lines	windows.txt	/*filler-lines*
 filter	change.txt	/*filter*
 filter()	eval.txt	/*filter()*
 find-manpage	usr_12.txt	/*find-manpage*
@@ -6326,6 +6361,7 @@ fixed-7.1	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.1*
 fixed-7.2	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.2*
 fixed-7.3	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.3*
 fixed-7.4	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.4*
+flatten()	eval.txt	/*flatten()*
 flexwiki.vim	syntax.txt	/*flexwiki.vim*
 float-e	eval.txt	/*float-e*
 float-functions	usr_41.txt	/*float-functions*
@@ -6498,6 +6534,7 @@ ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
 ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-r-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-r-syntax*
 ft-readline-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-readline-syntax*
+ft-rego-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rego-syntax*
 ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
 ft-rmd-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-rmd-plugin*
 ft-rmd-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rmd-syntax*
@@ -6881,6 +6918,7 @@ getjumplist()	eval.txt	/*getjumplist()*
 getlatestvimscripts-install	pi_getscript.txt	/*getlatestvimscripts-install*
 getline()	eval.txt	/*getline()*
 getloclist()	eval.txt	/*getloclist()*
+getmarklist()	eval.txt	/*getmarklist()*
 getmatches()	eval.txt	/*getmatches()*
 getmousepos()	eval.txt	/*getmousepos()*
 getpid()	eval.txt	/*getpid()*
@@ -6888,6 +6926,7 @@ getpos()	eval.txt	/*getpos()*
 getqflist()	eval.txt	/*getqflist()*
 getqflist-examples	quickfix.txt	/*getqflist-examples*
 getreg()	eval.txt	/*getreg()*
+getreginfo()	eval.txt	/*getreginfo()*
 getregtype()	eval.txt	/*getregtype()*
 getscript	pi_getscript.txt	/*getscript*
 getscript-autoinstall	pi_getscript.txt	/*getscript-autoinstall*
@@ -6958,6 +6997,7 @@ gstar	pattern.txt	/*gstar*
 gt	tabpage.txt	/*gt*
 gtk-css	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-css*
 gtk-tooltip-colors	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-tooltip-colors*
+gtk3-slow	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk3-slow*
 gu	change.txt	/*gu*
 gugu	change.txt	/*gugu*
 gui	gui.txt	/*gui*
@@ -7037,6 +7077,20 @@ g~	change.txt	/*g~*
 g~g~	change.txt	/*g~g~*
 g~~	change.txt	/*g~~*
 h	motion.txt	/*h*
+haiku-bugs	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-bugs*
+haiku-colors	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-colors*
+haiku-compiling	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-compiling*
+haiku-dragndrop	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-dragndrop*
+haiku-fonts	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-fonts*
+haiku-general	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-general*
+haiku-gui	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-gui*
+haiku-launch	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-launch*
+haiku-meta	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-meta*
+haiku-mouse	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-mouse*
+haiku-support-credits	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-support-credits*
+haiku-toolbar-images	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-toolbar-images*
+haiku-user-settings-dir	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-user-settings-dir*
+haiku-vimdir	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-vimdir*
 hangul	hangulin.txt	/*hangul*
 hangulin.txt	hangulin.txt	/*hangulin.txt*
 has()	eval.txt	/*has()*
@@ -7072,6 +7126,7 @@ highlight-changed	version4.txt	/*highlight-changed*
 highlight-cterm	syntax.txt	/*highlight-cterm*
 highlight-ctermbg	syntax.txt	/*highlight-ctermbg*
 highlight-ctermfg	syntax.txt	/*highlight-ctermfg*
+highlight-ctermul	syntax.txt	/*highlight-ctermul*
 highlight-default	syntax.txt	/*highlight-default*
 highlight-font	syntax.txt	/*highlight-font*
 highlight-groups	syntax.txt	/*highlight-groups*
@@ -7260,6 +7315,7 @@ i_CTRL-R_=	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_=*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
+i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
 i_CTRL-SHIFT-V	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
 i_CTRL-T	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-T*
 i_CTRL-U	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-U*
@@ -7339,6 +7395,7 @@ in_name	channel.txt	/*in_name*
 in_top	channel.txt	/*in_top*
 inactive-buffer	windows.txt	/*inactive-buffer*
 include-search	tagsrch.txt	/*include-search*
+inclusion	helphelp.txt	/*inclusion*
 inclusive	motion.txt	/*inclusive*
 incomp-small-6	version6.txt	/*incomp-small-6*
 incompatible-5	version5.txt	/*incompatible-5*
@@ -7556,6 +7613,7 @@ log10()	eval.txt	/*log10()*
 logiPat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat*
 logiPat-arg	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-arg*
 logiPat-caveat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-caveat*
+logiPat-cmd	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-cmd*
 logiPat-contents	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-contents*
 logiPat-copyright	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-copyright*
 logiPat-examples	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-examples*
@@ -7658,6 +7716,7 @@ mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
 mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
+mapset()	eval.txt	/*mapset()*
 mark	motion.txt	/*mark*
 mark-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mark-functions*
 mark-motions	motion.txt	/*mark-motions*
@@ -7699,7 +7758,11 @@ menu-changes-5.4	version5.txt	/*menu-changes-5.4*
 menu-examples	gui.txt	/*menu-examples*
 menu-priority	gui.txt	/*menu-priority*
 menu-separator	gui.txt	/*menu-separator*
+menu-shortcut	gui.txt	/*menu-shortcut*
+menu-text	gui.txt	/*menu-text*
+menu-tips	gui.txt	/*menu-tips*
 menu.vim	gui.txt	/*menu.vim*
+menu_info()	eval.txt	/*menu_info()*
 menus	gui.txt	/*menus*
 merge	diff.txt	/*merge*
 message-history	message.txt	/*message-history*
@@ -8142,6 +8205,7 @@ nroff.vim	syntax.txt	/*nroff.vim*
 null-variable	eval.txt	/*null-variable*
 number_relativenumber	options.txt	/*number_relativenumber*
 numbered-function	eval.txt	/*numbered-function*
+numbersize-variable	eval.txt	/*numbersize-variable*
 o	insert.txt	/*o*
 o_CTRL-V	motion.txt	/*o_CTRL-V*
 o_V	motion.txt	/*o_V*
@@ -8192,6 +8256,7 @@ os_390.txt	os_390.txt	/*os_390.txt*
 os_amiga.txt	os_amiga.txt	/*os_amiga.txt*
 os_beos.txt	os_beos.txt	/*os_beos.txt*
 os_dos.txt	os_dos.txt	/*os_dos.txt*
+os_haiku.txt	os_haiku.txt	/*os_haiku.txt*
 os_mac.txt	os_mac.txt	/*os_mac.txt*
 os_mint.txt	os_mint.txt	/*os_mint.txt*
 os_msdos.txt	os_msdos.txt	/*os_msdos.txt*
@@ -8229,6 +8294,7 @@ patches-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-8.2*
 pathshorten()	eval.txt	/*pathshorten()*
 pattern	pattern.txt	/*pattern*
 pattern-atoms	pattern.txt	/*pattern-atoms*
+pattern-delimiter	change.txt	/*pattern-delimiter*
 pattern-multi-byte	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multi-byte*
 pattern-multi-items	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multi-items*
 pattern-overview	pattern.txt	/*pattern-overview*
@@ -8312,6 +8378,7 @@ popup-menu-added	version5.txt	/*popup-menu-added*
 popup-position	popup.txt	/*popup-position*
 popup-props	popup.txt	/*popup-props*
 popup-scrollbar	popup.txt	/*popup-scrollbar*
+popup-terminal	popup.txt	/*popup-terminal*
 popup-textprop-pos	popup.txt	/*popup-textprop-pos*
 popup-usage	popup.txt	/*popup-usage*
 popup-window	popup.txt	/*popup-window*
@@ -8333,6 +8400,7 @@ popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
 popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
 popup_getpos()	popup.txt	/*popup_getpos()*
 popup_hide()	popup.txt	/*popup_hide()*
+popup_list()	popup.txt	/*popup_list()*
 popup_locate()	popup.txt	/*popup_locate()*
 popup_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_menu()*
 popup_menu-shortcut-example	popup.txt	/*popup_menu-shortcut-example*
@@ -8493,6 +8561,7 @@ quickfix-title	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-title*
 quickfix-valid	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-valid*
 quickfix-window	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-window*
 quickfix-window-ID	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-window-ID*
+quickfix-window-function	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-window-function*
 quickfix.txt	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix.txt*
 quickref	quickref.txt	/*quickref*
 quickref.txt	quickref.txt	/*quickref.txt*
@@ -8534,6 +8603,7 @@ quote~	change.txt	/*quote~*
 r	change.txt	/*r*
 r.vim	syntax.txt	/*r.vim*
 rand()	eval.txt	/*rand()*
+random	eval.txt	/*random*
 range()	eval.txt	/*range()*
 raw-terminal-mode	term.txt	/*raw-terminal-mode*
 rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*rcp*
@@ -8542,6 +8612,7 @@ read-messages	insert.txt	/*read-messages*
 read-only-share	editing.txt	/*read-only-share*
 read-stdin	version5.txt	/*read-stdin*
 readdir()	eval.txt	/*readdir()*
+readdirex()	eval.txt	/*readdirex()*
 readfile()	eval.txt	/*readfile()*
 readline.vim	syntax.txt	/*readline.vim*
 recording	repeat.txt	/*recording*
@@ -8550,6 +8621,7 @@ recovery	recover.txt	/*recovery*
 recursive_mapping	map.txt	/*recursive_mapping*
 redo	undo.txt	/*redo*
 redo-register	undo.txt	/*redo-register*
+reduce()	eval.txt	/*reduce()*
 ref	intro.txt	/*ref*
 reference	intro.txt	/*reference*
 reference_toc	help.txt	/*reference_toc*
@@ -8561,6 +8633,7 @@ register	sponsor.txt	/*register*
 register-faq	sponsor.txt	/*register-faq*
 register-variable	eval.txt	/*register-variable*
 registers	change.txt	/*registers*
+rego.vim	syntax.txt	/*rego.vim*
 regular-expression	pattern.txt	/*regular-expression*
 reload	editing.txt	/*reload*
 reltime()	eval.txt	/*reltime()*
@@ -8713,6 +8786,7 @@ search-offset	pattern.txt	/*search-offset*
 search-pattern	pattern.txt	/*search-pattern*
 search-range	pattern.txt	/*search-range*
 search-replace	change.txt	/*search-replace*
+searchcount()	eval.txt	/*searchcount()*
 searchdecl()	eval.txt	/*searchdecl()*
 searchforward-variable	eval.txt	/*searchforward-variable*
 searchpair()	eval.txt	/*searchpair()*
@@ -8803,11 +8877,13 @@ slow-terminal	term.txt	/*slow-terminal*
 socket-interface	channel.txt	/*socket-interface*
 sort()	eval.txt	/*sort()*
 sorting	change.txt	/*sorting*
+sound-functions	usr_41.txt	/*sound-functions*
 sound_clear()	eval.txt	/*sound_clear()*
 sound_playevent()	eval.txt	/*sound_playevent()*
 sound_playfile()	eval.txt	/*sound_playfile()*
 sound_stop()	eval.txt	/*sound_stop()*
 soundfold()	eval.txt	/*soundfold()*
+source-vim9-script	usr_46.txt	/*source-vim9-script*
 space	intro.txt	/*space*
 spec-customizing	pi_spec.txt	/*spec-customizing*
 spec-how-to-use-it	pi_spec.txt	/*spec-how-to-use-it*
@@ -9071,10 +9147,12 @@ t_%i	term.txt	/*t_%i*
 t_&8	term.txt	/*t_&8*
 t_8b	term.txt	/*t_8b*
 t_8f	term.txt	/*t_8f*
+t_8u	term.txt	/*t_8u*
 t_@7	term.txt	/*t_@7*
 t_AB	term.txt	/*t_AB*
 t_AF	term.txt	/*t_AF*
 t_AL	term.txt	/*t_AL*
+t_AU	term.txt	/*t_AU*
 t_BD	term.txt	/*t_BD*
 t_BE	term.txt	/*t_BE*
 t_CS	term.txt	/*t_CS*
@@ -9303,6 +9381,7 @@ tags-file-format	tagsrch.txt	/*tags-file-format*
 tags-option	tagsrch.txt	/*tags-option*
 tagsrch.txt	tagsrch.txt	/*tagsrch.txt*
 tagstack	tagsrch.txt	/*tagstack*
+tagstack-examples	tagsrch.txt	/*tagstack-examples*
 tan()	eval.txt	/*tan()*
 tanh()	eval.txt	/*tanh()*
 tar	pi_tar.txt	/*tar*
@@ -9407,6 +9486,7 @@ termdebug-prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-prompt*
 termdebug-starting	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-starting*
 termdebug-stepping	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-stepping*
 termdebug-variables	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-variables*
+termdebug_map_K	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_map_K*
 termdebug_popup	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_popup*
 termdebug_shortcuts	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_shortcuts*
 termdebug_use_prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_use_prompt*
@@ -9444,6 +9524,7 @@ terminal-unix	terminal.txt	/*terminal-unix*
 terminal-use	terminal.txt	/*terminal-use*
 terminal-window	terminal.txt	/*terminal-window*
 terminal.txt	terminal.txt	/*terminal.txt*
+terminalprops()	eval.txt	/*terminalprops()*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
@@ -9458,6 +9539,7 @@ test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
 test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
 test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
 test_null_dict()	testing.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
+test_null_function()	testing.txt	/*test_null_function()*
 test_null_job()	testing.txt	/*test_null_job()*
 test_null_list()	testing.txt	/*test_null_list()*
 test_null_partial()	testing.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
@@ -9468,6 +9550,9 @@ test_refcount()	testing.txt	/*test_refcount()*
 test_scrollbar()	testing.txt	/*test_scrollbar()*
 test_setmouse()	testing.txt	/*test_setmouse()*
 test_settime()	testing.txt	/*test_settime()*
+test_srand_seed()	testing.txt	/*test_srand_seed()*
+test_unknown()	testing.txt	/*test_unknown()*
+test_void()	testing.txt	/*test_void()*
 testing	testing.txt	/*testing*
 testing-support	testing.txt	/*testing-support*
 testing-variable	eval.txt	/*testing-variable*
@@ -9496,6 +9581,7 @@ text-prop-changes	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-changes*
 text-prop-functions	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-functions*
 text-prop-intro	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-intro*
 text-properties	textprop.txt	/*text-properties*
+text-property-functions	usr_41.txt	/*text-property-functions*
 textlock	eval.txt	/*textlock*
 textprop	textprop.txt	/*textprop*
 textprop.txt	textprop.txt	/*textprop.txt*
@@ -9525,6 +9611,7 @@ toggle	options.txt	/*toggle*
 toggle-revins	version4.txt	/*toggle-revins*
 tolower()	eval.txt	/*tolower()*
 toolbar-icon	gui.txt	/*toolbar-icon*
+tooltips	gui.txt	/*tooltips*
 toupper()	eval.txt	/*toupper()*
 tr()	eval.txt	/*tr()*
 trim()	eval.txt	/*trim()*
@@ -9540,6 +9627,7 @@ tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 twice	if_cscop.txt	/*twice*
 two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
 type()	eval.txt	/*type()*
+type-inference	vim9.txt	/*type-inference*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typecorr-settings	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr-settings*
 typecorr.txt	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr.txt*
@@ -9613,6 +9701,7 @@ usr_42.txt	usr_42.txt	/*usr_42.txt*
 usr_43.txt	usr_43.txt	/*usr_43.txt*
 usr_44.txt	usr_44.txt	/*usr_44.txt*
 usr_45.txt	usr_45.txt	/*usr_45.txt*
+usr_46.txt	usr_46.txt	/*usr_46.txt*
 usr_90.txt	usr_90.txt	/*usr_90.txt*
 usr_toc.txt	usr_toc.txt	/*usr_toc.txt*
 utf-8	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8*
@@ -9667,6 +9756,7 @@ v:mouse_win	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_win*
 v:mouse_winid	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_winid*
 v:none	eval.txt	/*v:none*
 v:null	eval.txt	/*v:null*
+v:numbersize	eval.txt	/*v:numbersize*
 v:oldfiles	eval.txt	/*v:oldfiles*
 v:operator	eval.txt	/*v:operator*
 v:option_command	eval.txt	/*v:option_command*
@@ -9831,6 +9921,7 @@ val-variable	eval.txt	/*val-variable*
 valgrind	debug.txt	/*valgrind*
 values()	eval.txt	/*values()*
 var-functions	usr_41.txt	/*var-functions*
+variable-scope	eval.txt	/*variable-scope*
 variables	eval.txt	/*variables*
 various	various.txt	/*various*
 various-cmds	various.txt	/*various-cmds*
@@ -9903,6 +9994,19 @@ vim-variable	eval.txt	/*vim-variable*
 vim.vim	syntax.txt	/*vim.vim*
 vim7	version7.txt	/*vim7*
 vim8	version8.txt	/*vim8*
+vim9	vim9.txt	/*vim9*
+vim9-declaration	vim9.txt	/*vim9-declaration*
+vim9-declarations	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-declarations*
+vim9-differences	vim9.txt	/*vim9-differences*
+vim9-export	vim9.txt	/*vim9-export*
+vim9-import	vim9.txt	/*vim9-import*
+vim9-rationale	vim9.txt	/*vim9-rationale*
+vim9-scopes	vim9.txt	/*vim9-scopes*
+vim9-script	vim9.txt	/*vim9-script*
+vim9-script-intro	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-script-intro*
+vim9-types	vim9.txt	/*vim9-types*
+vim9.txt	vim9.txt	/*vim9.txt*
+vim9script	vim9.txt	/*vim9script*
 vim:	options.txt	/*vim:*
 vim_announce	intro.txt	/*vim_announce*
 vim_dev	intro.txt	/*vim_dev*
@@ -10024,6 +10128,7 @@ win32s	os_win32.txt	/*win32s*
 win_execute()	eval.txt	/*win_execute()*
 win_findbuf()	eval.txt	/*win_findbuf()*
 win_getid()	eval.txt	/*win_getid()*
+win_gettype()	eval.txt	/*win_gettype()*
 win_gotoid()	eval.txt	/*win_gotoid()*
 win_id2tabwin()	eval.txt	/*win_id2tabwin()*
 win_id2win()	eval.txt	/*win_id2win()*
@@ -10055,6 +10160,7 @@ windows.txt	windows.txt	/*windows.txt*
 windows95	os_win32.txt	/*windows95*
 windows98	os_win32.txt	/*windows98*
 windowsme	os_win32.txt	/*windowsme*
+windowsversion()	eval.txt	/*windowsversion()*
 winheight()	eval.txt	/*winheight()*
 winid	windows.txt	/*winid*
 winlayout()	eval.txt	/*winlayout()*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 07
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -185,6 +185,29 @@ commands explained above the tag stack will look like this:
 The |gettagstack()| function returns the tag stack of a specified window. The
 |settagstack()| function modifies the tag stack of a window.
 
+							*tagstack-examples*
+Write to the tag stack just like `:tag` but with a user-defined
+jumper#jump_to_tag function: >
+	" Store where we're jumping from before we jump.
+	let tag = expand('<cword>')
+	let pos = [bufnr()] + getcurpos()[1:]
+	let item = {'bufnr': pos[0], 'from': pos, 'tagname': tag}
+	if jumper#jump_to_tag(tag)
+		" Jump was successful, write previous location to tag stack.
+		let winid = win_getid()
+		let stack = gettagstack(winid)
+		let stack['items'] = [item]
+		call settagstack(winid, stack, 't')
+	endif
+<
+Set current index of the tag stack to 4: >
+	call settagstack(1005, {'curidx' : 4})
+<
+Push a new item onto the tag stack: >
+	let pos = [bufnr('myfile.txt'), 10, 1, 0]
+	let newtag = [{'tagname' : 'mytag', 'from' : pos}]
+	call settagstack(2, {'items' : newtag}, 'a')
+<
 							*E73*
 When you try to use the tag stack while it doesn't contain anything you will
 get an error message.
@@ -210,14 +233,14 @@ the same entry.
 			Example output:
 
 >
-	 nr pri kind tag		file
+	  # pri kind tag		file
 	  1 F	f    mch_delay		os_amiga.c
 			mch_delay(msec, ignoreinput)
 	> 2 F	f    mch_delay		os_msdos.c
 			mch_delay(msec, ignoreinput)
 	  3 F	f    mch_delay		os_unix.c
 			mch_delay(msec, ignoreinput)
-	Enter nr of choice (<CR> to abort):
+	Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels):
 <
 			See |tag-priority| for the "pri" column.  Note that
 			this depends on the current file, thus using
@@ -344,11 +367,11 @@ the same as above, with a "p" prepended.
 A static tag is a tag that is defined for a specific file.  In a C program
 this could be a static function.
 
-In Vi jumping to a tag sets the current search pattern.  This means that
+In Vi jumping to a tag sets the current search pattern.  This means that the
-the "n" command after jumping to a tag does not search for the same pattern
+"n" command after jumping to a tag does not search for the same pattern that
-that it did before jumping to the tag.  Vim does not do this as we consider it
+it did before jumping to the tag.  Vim does not do this as we consider it to
-to be a bug.  You can still find the tag search pattern in the search history.
+be a bug.  If you really want the old Vi behavior, set the 't' flag in
-If you really want the old Vi behavior, set the 't' flag in 'cpoptions'.
+'cpoptions'.
 
 							*tag-binary-search*
 Vim uses binary searching in the tags file to find the desired tag quickly
@@ -426,8 +449,7 @@ would otherwise go unnoticed.  Example: >
 
 In Vi the ":tag" command sets the last search pattern when the tag is searched
 for.  In Vim this is not done, the previous search pattern is still remembered,
-unless the 't' flag is present in 'cpoptions'.  The search pattern is always
+unless the 't' flag is present in 'cpoptions'.
-put in the search history, so you can modify it if searching fails.
 
 					*emacs-tags* *emacs_tags* *E430*
 Emacs style tag files are only supported if Vim was compiled with the
@@ -505,10 +527,13 @@ a tag for each "#defined" macro, typedefs, enums, etc.
 Some programs that generate tags files:
 ctags			As found on most Unix systems.  Only supports C.  Only
 			does the basic work.
+universal ctags		A maintained version of ctags based on exuberant
+			ctags. See https://ctags.io.
 							*Exuberant_ctags*
 exuberant ctags		This is a very good one.  It works for C, C++, Java,
 			Fortran, Eiffel and others.  It can generate tags for
 			many items.  See http://ctags.sourceforge.net.
+			No new version since 2009.
 etags			Connected to Emacs.  Supports many languages.
 JTags			For Java, in Java.  It can be found at
 			http://www.fleiner.com/jtags/.
@@ -904,8 +929,8 @@ The following is a hypothetical example of a function used for 'tagfunc'.  It
 uses the output of |taglist()| to generate the result: a list of tags in the
 inverse order of file names.
 >
-	function! TagFunc(pattern, flags, info)
+	function TagFunc(pattern, flags, info)
-	  function! CompareFilenames(item1, item2)
+	  function CompareFilenames(item1, item2)
 	    let f1 = a:item1['filename']
 	    let f2 = a:item2['filename']
 	    return f1 >=# f2 ?

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,8 +25,9 @@ NOTE: Most of this is not used when running the |GUI|.
 1. Startup						*startup-terminal*
 
 When Vim is started a default terminal type is assumed.  For the Amiga this is
-a standard CLI window, for MS-DOS the pc terminal, for Unix an ansi terminal.
+a standard CLI window, for MS-Windows the pc terminal, for Unix an ansi
-A few other terminal types are always available, see below |builtin-terms|.
+terminal.  A few other terminal types are always available, see below
+|builtin-terms|.
 
 You can give the terminal name with the '-T' Vim argument.  If it is not given
 Vim will try to get the name from the TERM environment variable.
@@ -321,6 +322,7 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_ZR	italics end					*t_ZR* *'t_ZR'*
 
 Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
+	t_AU	set underline color (ANSI)			*t_AU* *'t_AU'*
 	t_Ce	undercurl end					*t_Ce* *'t_Ce'*
 	t_Cs	undercurl mode					*t_Cs* *'t_Cs'*
 	t_Te	strikethrough end				*t_Te* *'t_Te'*
@@ -349,6 +351,7 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|xterm-true-color|
 	t_8b	set background color (R, G, B)			*t_8b* *'t_8b'*
 		|xterm-true-color|
+	t_8u	set underline color (R, G, B)			*t_8u* *'t_8u'*
 	t_BE	enable bracketed paste mode			*t_BE* *'t_BE'*
 		|xterm-bracketed-paste|
 	t_BD	disable bracketed paste mode			*t_BD* *'t_BD'*
@@ -544,6 +547,7 @@ Note about colors: The 't_Co' option tells Vim the number of colors available.
 When it is non-zero, the 't_AB' and 't_AF' options are used to set the color.
 If one of these is not available, 't_Sb' and 't_Sf' are used.  't_me' is used
 to reset to the default colors.  Also see 'termguicolors'.
+When the GUI is running 't_Co' is set to 16777216.
 
 				*termcap-cursor-shape* *termcap-cursor-color*
 When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent.  When Vim
@@ -578,7 +582,7 @@ remove highlighting from a line.  This is required for "hpterm".  Setting the
 versa.
 
 							*scroll-region*
-Some termcaps do not include an entry for 'cs' (scroll region), although the
+Some termcaps do not include an entry for "cs" (scroll region), although the
 terminal does support it.  For example: xterm on a Sun.  You can use the
 builtin_xterm or define t_cs yourself.  For example: >
 	:set t_cs=^V^[[%i%d;%dr
@@ -595,11 +599,9 @@ cleared when scrolling).
 Unfortunately it is not possible to deduce from the termcap how cursor
 positioning should be done when using a scrolling region: Relative to the
 beginning of the screen or relative to the beginning of the scrolling region.
-Most terminals use the first method.  A known exception is the MS-DOS console
+Most terminals use the first method.  The 't_CS' option should be set to any
-(pcterm).  The 't_CS' option should be set to any string when cursor
+string when cursor positioning is relative to the start of the scrolling
-positioning is relative to the start of the scrolling region.  It should be
+region.  It should be set to an empty string otherwise.
-set to an empty string otherwise.  It defaults to "yes" when 'term' is
-"pcterm".
 
 Note for xterm users: The shifted cursor keys normally don't work.  You can
 	make them work with the xmodmap command and some mappings in Vim.
@@ -651,15 +653,7 @@ One command can be used to set the screen size:
 :mod[e] [mode]
 
 Without argument this only detects the screen size and redraws the screen.
-With MS-DOS it is possible to switch screen mode.  [mode] can be one of these
+[mode] was used on MS-DOS, but it doesn't work anymore.
-values:
-	"bw40"		40 columns black&white
-	"c40"		40 columns color
-	"bw80"		80 columns black&white
-	"c80"		80 columns color (most people use this)
-	"mono"		80 columns monochrome
-	"c4350"		43 or 50 lines EGA/VGA mode
-	number		mode number to use, depends on your video card
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Slow and fast terminals			*slow-fast-terminal*
@@ -699,10 +693,10 @@ If you are using Vim over a slow serial line, you might want to try running
 Vim inside the "screen" program.  Screen will optimize the terminal I/O quite
 a bit.
 
-If you are testing termcap options, but you cannot see what is happening,
+If you are testing termcap options, but you cannot see what is happening, you
-you might want to set the 'writedelay' option.  When non-zero, one character
+might want to set the 'writedelay' option.  When non-zero, one character is
-is sent to the terminal at a time (does not work for MS-DOS).  This makes the
+sent to the terminal at a time.  This makes the screen updating a lot slower,
-screen updating a lot slower, making it possible to see what is happening.
+making it possible to see what is happening.
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. Using the mouse					*mouse-using*
@@ -716,8 +710,8 @@ Don't forget to enable the mouse with this command: >
 Otherwise Vim won't recognize the mouse in all modes (See 'mouse').
 
 Currently the mouse is supported for Unix in an xterm window, in a *BSD
-console with |sysmouse|, in a Linux console (with GPM |gpm-mouse|), for
+console with |sysmouse|, in a Linux console (with GPM |gpm-mouse|), and
-MS-DOS and in a Windows console.
+in a Windows console.
 Mouse clicks can be used to position the cursor, select an area and paste.
 
 These characters in the 'mouse' option tell in which situations the mouse will
@@ -881,10 +875,9 @@ border, the text is scrolled.
 A selection can be started by pressing the left mouse button on the first
 character, moving the mouse to the last character, then releasing the mouse
 button.  You will not always see the selection until you release the button,
-only in some versions (GUI, MS-DOS, WIN32) will the dragging be shown
+only in some versions (GUI, Win32) will the dragging be shown immediately.
-immediately.  Note that you can make the text scroll by moving the mouse at
+Note that you can make the text scroll by moving the mouse at least one
-least one character in the first/last line in the window when 'scrolloff' is
+character in the first/last line in the window when 'scrolloff' is non-zero.
-non-zero.
 
 In Normal, Visual and Select mode clicking the right mouse button causes the
 Visual area to be extended.  When 'mousemodel' is "popup", the left button has
@@ -898,9 +891,9 @@ work on systems where the window manager consumes the mouse events when the
 alt key is pressed (it may move the window).
 
 							*double-click*
-Double, triple and quadruple clicks are supported when the GUI is active,
+Double, triple and quadruple clicks are supported when the GUI is active, for
-for MS-DOS and Win32, and for an xterm (if the gettimeofday() function is
+Win32, and for an xterm (if the gettimeofday() function is available).  For
-available).  For selecting text, extra clicks extend the selection:
+selecting text, extra clicks extend the selection:
 	click		select ~
 	double		word or % match		*<2-LeftMouse>*
 	triple		line			*<3-LeftMouse>*
@@ -911,9 +904,8 @@ A double click on a word selects that word.  'iskeyword' is used to specify
 which characters are included in a word.  A double click on a character
 that has a match selects until that match (like using "v%").  If the match is
 an #if/#else/#endif block, the selection becomes linewise.
-For MS-DOS and xterm the time for double clicking can be set with the
+For MS-Windows and xterm the time for double clicking can be set with the
-'mousetime' option.  For the other systems this time is defined outside of
+'mousetime' option.  For the other systems this time is defined outside of Vim.
-Vim.
 An example, for using a double click to jump to the tag under the cursor: >
 	:map <2-LeftMouse> :exe "tag ". expand("<cword>")<CR>
 

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -113,14 +113,15 @@ sent to the job running in the terminal.  For example, to make F1 switch
 to Terminal-Normal mode: >
    tnoremap <F1> <C-W>N
 You can use Esc, but you need to make sure it won't cause other keys to
-break (cursor keys start with an Esc, so they may break): >
+break (cursor keys start with an Esc, so they may break), this probably only
+works in the GUI: >
    tnoremap <Esc> <C-W>N
    set notimeout ttimeout timeoutlen=100
 
 You can also create menus similar to terminal mode mappings, but you have to
 use |:tlmenu| instead of |:tmenu|.
 
-<							*options-in-terminal*
+							*options-in-terminal*
 After opening the terminal window and setting 'buftype' to "terminal" the
 TerminalOpen autocommand event is triggered.  This makes it possible to set
 options specifically for the window and buffer.  Example: >
@@ -148,7 +149,12 @@ terminal window will start with a white or black background.
 To use a different color the Terminal highlight group can be used, for
 example: >
     hi Terminal ctermbg=lightgrey ctermfg=blue guibg=lightgrey guifg=blue
-<
+The highlight needs to be defined before the terminal is created.  Doing it
+later, or setting 'wincolor', will only have effect when the program running
+in the terminal displays text or clears the terminal.
+Instead of Terminal another group can be specified with the "term_highlight"
+option for `term_start()`.
+
 							*g:terminal_ansi_colors*
 In GUI mode or with 'termguicolors', the 16 ANSI colors used by default in new
 terminal windows may be configured using the variable
@@ -156,6 +162,7 @@ terminal windows may be configured using the variable
 hexadecimal color codes, similar to those accepted by |highlight-guifg|.  When
 not using GUI colors, the terminal window always uses the 16 ANSI colors of
 the underlying terminal.
+When using `term_start()` the colors can be set with the "ansi_colors" option.
 The |term_setansicolors()| function can be used to change the colors, and
 |term_getansicolors()| to get the currently used colors.
 
@@ -178,6 +185,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 			keep the terminal open in Terminal-Normal mode.  This
 			can be changed with the ++close argument.
 
+			No Vim command can follow, any | is included in
+			[command].  Use `:execute` if you must have a Vim
+			command following in the same line.
+
 			A new buffer will be created, using [command] or
 			'shell' as the name, prefixed with a "!".  If a buffer
 			by this name already exists a number is added in
@@ -641,8 +652,8 @@ term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 
 
 term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
-		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a comma
+		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a String with
-		separated list of these items:
+		a comma separated list of these items:
 			running		job is running
 			finished	job has finished
 			normal		in Terminal-Normal mode
@@ -857,6 +868,8 @@ term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 				     have "%d" where the buffer number goes,
 				     e.g. "10split|buffer %d"; when not
 				     specified "botright sbuf %d" is used
+		   "term_highlight"  highlight group to use instead of
+				     "Terminal"
 		   "eof_chars"	     Text to send after all buffer lines were
 				     written to the terminal.  When not set
 				     CTRL-D is used on MS-Windows. For Python
@@ -953,7 +966,7 @@ Currently supported commands:
 		directory, thus it's best to use the full path.
 
 		[options] is only used when opening a new window.  If present,
-		it must be a Dict.  Similarly to |++opt|, These entries are
+		it must be a Dict.  Similarly to |++opt|, these entries are
 		recognized:
 		  "ff"		file format: "dos", "mac" or "unix"
 		  "fileformat"	idem
@@ -1025,7 +1038,7 @@ Writing a screen dump test for Vim ~
 For an example see the Test_syntax_c() function in
 src/testdir/test_syntax.vim.  The main parts are:
 - Write a file you want to test with. This is useful for testing syntax
-  highlighting.  You can also start Vim with en empty buffer.
+  highlighting.  You can also start Vim with an empty buffer.
 - Run Vim in a terminal with a specific size.  The default is 20 lines of 75
   characters.  This makes sure the dump is always this size.  The function
   RunVimInTerminal() takes care of this.  Pass it the arguments for the Vim
@@ -1294,7 +1307,7 @@ breakpoint, or use the "Clear breakpoint" right-click menu entry.
 Inspecting variables ~
 					*termdebug-variables* *:Evaluate*
  `:Evaluate`	    evaluate the expression under the cursor
- `K`		    same
+ `K`		    same (see |termdebug_map_K| to disable)
  `:Evaluate` {expr}   evaluate {expr}
  `:'<,'>Evaluate`     evaluate the Visually selected text
 
@@ -1325,6 +1338,10 @@ in a buffer with 'buftype' set to "prompt".  This works slightly differently:
 						*termdebug_use_prompt*
 Prompt mode can be used even when the |+terminal| feature is present with: >
 	let g:termdebug_use_prompt = 1
+<
+						*termdebug_map_K*
+The K key is normally mapped to :Evaluate. If you do not want this use: >
+	let g:termdebug_map_K = 0
 
 
 Communication ~

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Sep 08
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,6 +106,10 @@ test_null_dict()					*test_null_dict()*
 		Return a |Dict| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
 
+test_null_function()					*test_null_function()*
+		Return a |Funcref| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
 test_null_job()						*test_null_job()*
 		Return a |Job| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 		{only available when compiled with the +job feature}
@@ -123,6 +127,13 @@ test_null_string()					*test_null_string()*
 		Return a |String| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
 
+test_unknown()						*test_unknown()*
+		Return a value with unknown type. Only useful for testing.
+
+test_void()						*test_void()*
+		Return a value with void type. Only useful for testing.
+
+
 test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
 		Reset the flag that indicates option {name} was set.  Thus it
 		looks like it still has the default value. Use like this: >
@@ -154,6 +165,10 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 				terminals
 		no_wait_return	set the "no_wait_return" flag.  Not restored
 				with "ALL".
+		ui_delay     time in msec to use in ui_delay(); overrules a
+			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages
+		term_props   reset all terminal properties when the version
+			     string is detected
 		ALL	     clear all overrides ({val} is not used)
 
 		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
@@ -205,7 +220,6 @@ test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
 			call test_setmouse(4, 20)
 			call feedkeys("\<LeftMouse>", "xt")
 
-
 test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
 		Set the time Vim uses internally.  Currently only used for
 		timestamps in the history, as they are used in viminfo, and
@@ -218,6 +232,10 @@ test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetTime()->test_settime()
 
+test_srand_seed([seed])					*test_srand_seed()*
+		When [seed] is given this sets the seed value used by
+		`srand()`.  When omitted the test seed is removed.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Assert functions				*assert-functions-details*
 
@@ -249,9 +267,8 @@ assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->assert_equal([1, 2, 3])
 
-
 <							*assert_equalfile()*
-assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
+assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two} [, {msg}])
 		When the files {fname-one} and {fname-two} do not contain
 		exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
 		Also see |assert-return|.
@@ -262,7 +279,6 @@ assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLog()->assert_equalfile('expected.log')
 
-
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 		When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
 		message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Manipulating text property types:
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})		define a new property type
 prop_type_change({name}, {props})	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])	get property type values
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])		get list of property types
 
 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})  	add a text property
 prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {bufnr}]])
 					remove all text properties
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])	search for a text property
-prop_list({lnum} [, {props})  		text properties in {lnum}
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])  		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property
 
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				to {lnum}, this is a zero-width text property
 		   bufnr	buffer to add the property to; when omitted
 				the current buffer is used
-		   id		user defined ID for the property; when omitted
+		   id		user defined ID for the property; must be a
-				zero is used
+				number; when omitted zero is used
 		   type		name of the text property type
 		All fields except "type" are optional.
 
@@ -143,8 +143,9 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		within one line, or use "end_lnum" and "end_col" for a
 		property that spans more than one line.
 		When neither "length" nor "end_col" are given the property
-		will be zero-width.  That means it will not be highlighted but
+		will be zero-width.  That means it will move with the text, as
-		will move with the text, as a kind of mark.
+		a kind of mark.  One character will be highlighted, if the
+		type specifies highlighting.
 		The property can end exactly at the last character of the
 		text, or just after it.  In the last case, if text is appended
 		to the line, the text property size will increase, also when
@@ -154,8 +155,6 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		added to. When not found, the global property types are used.
 		If not found an error is given.
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
 
@@ -168,14 +167,11 @@ prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
 		When {props} contains a "bufnr" item use this buffer,
 		otherwise use the current buffer.
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_clear()
 <
 							*prop_find()*
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
-		{not implemented yet}
 		Search for a text property as specified with {props}:
 		   id		property with this ID
 		   type		property with this type name
@@ -198,8 +194,6 @@ prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
 		as with prop_list(), and additionally an "lnum" entry.
 		If no match is found then an empty Dict is returned.
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 
 prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
 		Return a List with all text properties in line {lnum}.
@@ -223,8 +217,6 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
 		When "end" is zero the property continues in the next line.
 		The line break after this line is included.
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_list()
 <
@@ -239,6 +231,7 @@ prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 		{props} is a dictionary with these fields:
 		   id		remove text properties with this ID
 		   type		remove text properties with this type name
+		   both		"id" and "type" must both match
 		   bufnr	use this buffer instead of the current one
 		   all		when TRUE remove all matching text properties,
 				not just the first one
@@ -248,8 +241,6 @@ prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 
 		Returns the number of properties that were removed.
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetProps()->prop_remove()
 
@@ -275,8 +266,6 @@ prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
 		   end_incl	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
 				included in the text property
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_add(props)
 
@@ -285,8 +274,6 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
 		property with this name does not exist an error is given.
 		The {props} argument is just like |prop_type_add()|.
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_change(props)
 
@@ -301,12 +288,10 @@ prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
 
 		When text property type {name} is not found there is no error.
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()
 
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])			*prop_type_get()*
 		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
 		dictionary with the same fields as was given to
 		prop_type_add().
@@ -316,8 +301,6 @@ prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
 		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
 		this buffer instead of the global property types.
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_get()
 
@@ -327,8 +310,6 @@ prop_type_list([{props}])				*prop_type_list()*
 		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
 		this buffer instead of the global property types.
 
-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. When text changes				*text-prop-changes*
@@ -356,10 +337,11 @@ properties below the changed text, so that they still highlight the same text,
 thus you don't need to update these.
 
 
-Text property columns are not updated: ~
+Text property columns are not updated or copied: ~
 
 - When setting the line with |setline()| or through an interface, such as Lua,
   Tcl or Python.  Vim does not know what text got inserted or deleted.
+- With a command like `:move`, which takes a line of text out of context.
 
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: